Free speech, the internet?


Mercola Website Shutdown — Why You May Be Next

Suppression and harassment of those who dissent against COVID tyranny has created an awakening. We simply can’t pick and choose approved speech.

Dr. Joseph Mercola

5 hr ago

279

mercola website shutdown

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • September 23, 2022, the Mercola website was cyberattacked and taken offline. The attack also destroyed our email servers and all our email accounts were lost including my primary email
  • Over the past two years, we’ve been censored and deplatformed by several social media companies at the request of the federal government. Banks have also shut down our accounts and canceled our credit cards, and PayPal has shut down the accounts of our business partners
  • Since August 2021, our reach has been primarily restricted to subscribers of our newsletter, and with this cyberattack, they tried to eliminate even this limited reach
  • Our website will temporarily operate through Substack, which will host our content for the first 48 hours free of charge. It is imperative that you sign up for a free subscription to my Substack to receive our daily newsletter
  • If you are a newsletter subscriber and you receive our newsletter through Gmail please use this as an opportunity to catalyze switching your primary email to ProtonMail.
  • Our online marketplace, MercolaMarket.com, was restored after being offline for four days and is operational again
Visit Mercola Market
Advertisement

Many of you are aware the Mercola website disappeared early Friday morning, September 23, 2022. This outage wasn’t scheduled, but we have been planning and preparing for the possibility that hackers might succeed in their attempts to take us down for some time now.   

The past few years have brought many challenges. Attacks have been ongoing for the past six years, but have really concentrated over the last two. Media, U.S. senators, attorneys general, federal agencies and Big Tech have all been used by the global cabal to illegally shut down our right to free speech.

In April 2021, two state attorneys general threatened social media companies with legal ramifications if they didn’t censor me, and in July that year President Biden himself demanded I be banned from all social media.

why am I deleting all content after 48 hours

By early August 2021, the free speech attacks had intensified to the point where the best choice available was to make articles viewable for free for only 48 hours. After that, they were transferred to a subscription platform (Substack) which provides legal protection of a private membership association.

As demanded by the White House, my reach on social media has since been throttled back to next to nothing. Still, that wasn’t enough. In February 2022, former National Institutes of Health director Dr. Francis Collins blamed me personally for the government’s inability to bring the COVID pandemic to a close. This despite the fact that I was by then heavily censored just about everywhere.

The only people, really, who saw my information were those who subscribed to my newsletter and received it by email. In this latest attack on my website, they tried to eliminate even that ability to share information.

The Global Cabal Plays Dirty

celebrating 25 years

The global cabal also have other ways to shut down opposition. A key strategy is to destroy you financially and prevent you from making a living. Before our website was successfully hacked and taken down, our bank accounts were closed and credit cards canceled. Our business partners have also had their PayPal accounts shut down. I discussed all of this in my 25th anniversary video (above).

The strategy to close financial accounts and/or withhold funds for months on end has been employed across the world,1 2 and proves many private companies are anything but independent and impartial service providers. The truth is, Big Tech has been weaponized to suppress dissent, and the global cabal is using it for all it’s worth.

It started with suppression and harassment of those who dissented against COVID tyranny. Then they started suppressing those with more conservative political views. The next target is anyone’s guess. It could be anything, really, which is why the right to free speech must be protected at all costs.

We simply cannot pick and choose “approved speech.” All speech must be equally protected. We must also ensure that private service companies cannot be used as weapons for totalitarian control, which is precisely how PayPal has been used.

PayPal’s Actions Prove It’s an Arm of the Deep State

As reported by Summit News:3

“Although PayPal has been banning conservatives and right-wingers for years, its recent move to terminate accounts operated by the Free Speech Union and other groups in the UK that opposed lockdowns and vaccine mandates has apparently been a step too far.

Following the controversy, dozens of Conservative Party MPs … signed an open letter to Jacob Rees-Mogg’s Business Department demanding that PayPal be legally barred from imposing discriminatory practices.

The letter asserts that it is ‘hard to avoid construing PayPal’s actions as an orchestrated, politically motivated move to silence critical or dissenting views on these topics within the U.K.’ [The] London Times also published a powerful piece4 by Jawad Iqbal which highlighted the dangers of allowing PayPal to abuse such powers.

‘This is censorship by corporate diktat: the company sets its own rules and interprets them as it sees fit. It appears oblivious to the notion that it is wrong in principle to withdraw vital services from people because of their political views.

Would it be acceptable for a supermarket to refuse to serve a customer because of their politics or for a high street bank to refuse to make a payment to a company it deemed politically objectionable?’ asked Iqbal.

After questions were asked in Parliament about the issue, a new law could be on the cards that would put an end to PayPal’s crusade against dissident viewpoints.‘Conservative backbenchers are considering launching an amendment to upcoming financial legislation in the House of Commons that would ban companies from freezing campaigners’ accounts,’ reports the Telegraph.”

https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/sc_H_67PTuE?rel=0&autoplay=0&showinfo=0&enablejsapi=0

‘Iron Sharpens Iron’

We’re not giving up though. We see right through this coordinated agenda. A game of chess is being played out and our lives and future liberty are at stake. We simply cannot give up our rights and freedoms — for any reason — because they won’t stop there. They intend to take literally everything from us, all of us.

“Always remember that challenges are opportunities to become stronger as individuals and as a society. Standing up for a good cause — and there’s no better cause than freedom — actually makes you more powerful as it strengthens your resiliency.”

We have won many battles and are stronger and more enlightened by each one. Importantly, we’ve broken through the blinding fog of the COVID war together, which is why they’re upping the ante.

Always remember that challenges are opportunities to become stronger as individuals and as a society. Standing up for a good cause — and there’s no better cause than freedom — actually makes you more powerful.

Facing adversity head-on makes you more resilient as it forces you to think outside the box and come up with new and better solutions. And believe me, we have bigger and better solutions in the works to prevent these kinds of interruptions from happening in the future!

Temporary Solutions

While we work on restoring everything, our website will temporarily operate through Substack, which will host our content for the first 48 hours free of charge. It is imperative that you sign up for a free subscription to my Substack to receive our daily newsletter. Please also bookmark the website should you not receive our emails. 

You can find my Substack website at: TakeControl.Substack.com. More updates will be coming, so please be sure to subscribe to my Substack website or bookmark the page and visit daily. Our online marketplace was restored over the weekend and can be reached at MercolaMarket.com.

Still Using Gmail? Time to Switch!

google is a drug company and censors health news

If you’re still using Gmail, I urge you to reconsider, as Google is not only harvesting every word from every email you send and receive, they’re also censoring your inbox.

While about 50% of our subscribers are using Gmail accounts to receive our daily newsletter, the delivery rate for Gmail is HALF of other email providers, such as ProtonMail. I am certain that at some point in the not too distant future they will stop delivering ANY of our emails to Gmail accounts.

So, please understand if you are one of the 50% who are receiving our newsletter by email the time is NOW to opt out of Gmail as your primary email client. You can keep it for things that don’t matter or are irrelevant, but with anything that counts, like the vital information you receive in our newsletter, the time has come to opt out of Gmail.

It is just another clever censoring strategy they have at their disposal. So, if you’re using Gmail to receive our newsletter, please change it immediately. If you’re a subscriber, I strongly urge you to sign up to my Substack with another email account — and cancel your Gmail altogether.

ProtonMail is an excellent alternative. It provides end-to-end encryption to protect your content and other user data. Proton also provides an encrypted calendar, encrypted cloud storage and free VPN. Once Mercola.com is back online, then re-subscribe with your ProtonMail.

The Global Cabal Overplayed Their Hand

While the global cabal probably viewed the COVID pandemic as the ace up their sleeve — the event that would allow them to usher in The Great Reset and the Fourth Industrial Revolution (i.e., transhumanism and a post-human world) without too much trouble — it didn’t work out quite as they planned.

The authoritarian tactics have instead resulted in a worldwide awakening. More people than ever are now starting to realize that the world doesn’t operate the way we thought it did. Everything is rigged. There’s been an agenda at play for decades, and many of the things we embraced for their convenience and usefulness are now turning out to be clever traps to enslave and impoverish us against our will.

People are starting to realize that social engineering has been at work for a long time, and that data harvesting is not an innocent business venture. They’re starting to see just how the prison has been built up around us. It’s not completed yet, but the global cabal is closer than ever to their goal of controlling the global population. This is why we cannot give up or give in, no matter how many times they try to knock us down.

‘The Greater Good’ Hides a Great Evil

The fact that this cabal doesn’t have the safety and well-being of mankind as their primary motivation is now clearly self-evident. In recent months, more and more evidence has emerged allowing us to put the puzzle pieces of the COVID pandemic and its ultimate purpose together, and it’s not a pretty picture.

Between the SARS-CoV-2 bioweapon, the COVID shot bioweapon, the intentional lack of early treatment and the mistreatment in hospitals, the lockdowns, mask mandates and isolation requirements, and the subsequent mental health problems, loss of work and education, lack of medical care, suicides and drug overdoses, the decision makers in this COVID “war game” have injured and killed more people than any previous genocide in human history.

We’re literally living through the greatest crime against humanity the world has ever seen, and bioweapons research is an important factor that allowed for all of this to happen.

Evidence points to SARS-CoV-2 being the result of a lab leak, and that Dr. Anthony Fauci, Harvard researchers, China, the mainstream media, the World Health Organization and tech companies all worked together to cover it up. U.S. Right to Know recently published a detailed timeline of this cover-up.5

The Soul and Freedom of Humanity Is at Stake

I’ve repeatedly discussed the end goal of the global cabal, from various angles. While their strategies are manifold and complex, the end goal is rather simple. They intend to create a two-tiered society of have’s and have not’s. The top-tier will be augmented transhumanists who will control the world’s resources — and that includes the rest of us.

To them, you and I are not only ignorant and contemptible but a resource to be used and disposed of at will, and they don’t want a disposable resource to use up more valuable resources such as land, property, food, water and energy. The Green Agenda is all about restricting our ability to access resources and live free.

They intend to seize complete control over the world and implement tyrannical global slavery, and to do that, they have to silence any and all opposition. I’m just one of many. So far, they’ve not succeeded in silencing me, and many others are also not giving up but, rather, adapting and inventing new ways to communicate truth and share information.

No matter what they throw at us, we simply must stay the course and refuse to give up or resign ourselves to their slave system. Information is power, and no matter how small your reach, never stop sharing information, and never give in to their intimidation tactics. The future of humanity is at stake.

I am committed to continue to empower you with the truth about health and the global cabal’s threats to your health and liberty. But the only way I can do that is if you continue to receive our daily emails, so please be sure the email client you are using is not Gmail as there is a high likelihood you will not receive them in the future due to their censorship strategies.

Subscribe to Mercola Newsletter

Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.

The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.

If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.

1

Spiked September 23, 2022

2

The Times September 23, 2022

3

Summit News September 26, 2022

4

The Times September 26, 2022

5

USRTK September 14, 2022

Subscribe to Dr

Why I’m Suing YouTube and Google

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Checked

  • October 15, 2022

Previous

Next

Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Pills Trigger Heart Damage

Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Pills Trigger Heart Damage

A Powerful Mob Behind State Medical Boards

A Powerful Mob Behind State Medical Boards

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1265461&v=20221015&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • September 29, 2021, Google deleted my YouTube account for “violating community guidelines” they’d implemented that same morning
  • September 28, 2022, I filed a lawsuit against Google, YouTube and Alphabet Inc. for breach of contract. YouTube unilaterally amended the contract without notice, which is a violation of its own terms, and then used this last-minute amendment to remove my content
  • YouTube’s terms of service also include a “three strikes” policy, where users are supposed to be given three warnings and opportunities to remove content that violates the guidelines BEFORE being banned. I had no “strikes” against my channel on the day I was deplatformed and deleted
  • We’re also suing YouTube for unjust enrichment, as for the last 16 years, my video content, having generated in excess of 50 million views, has been of great financial benefit to YouTube, allowing them to increase advertising revenue on the site
  • November 8, 2021, I sued U.S. Sen. Elizabeth Warren, both in her official and personal capacities, for violating my First Amendment rights, as she tried to force Amazon.com to ban my book, “The Truth About COVID-19”

September 29, 2021, Google deleted my YouTube account for “violating community guidelines” — guidelines they’d implemented that very same morning. September 28, 2022, I filed a lawsuit1 against Google, YouTube and Alphabet Inc. for breach of contract.2

As detailed in my complaint, YouTube unilaterally amended the contract without notice, which is a violation of its own terms, and then used this last-minute amendment to remove my content, which went back to 2005, the same year YouTube was founded. At the time YouTube deleted my content, I had more than 300,000 subscribers, and my videos had collectively garnered more than 50 million views.

While I disagreed with YouTube’s censorship, when its “COVID-19 misinformation” policy was implemented back in April 2021, I carefully avoided posting any content on YouTube that might violate that guideline.

In fact, over 16 years on the platform, I never once received notice of any “strike” against my channel for violation of community guidelines.

Clear Breach of Contract

Then, on the morning of September 29, 2022, at 9 a.m. EDT, The Washington Post published an article titled “YouTube Is Banning Joseph Mercola and a Handful of Other Anti-Vaccine Activists.” According to the WaPo:

“YouTube is taking down several video channels associated with high-profile anti-vaccine activists including Joseph Mercola … As part of a new set of policies aimed at cutting down on anti-vaccine content on the Google-owned site.

YouTube will ban any videos that claim that commonly used vaccines approved by health authorities are ineffective or dangerous. The company previously blocked videos that made those claims about coronavirus vaccines, but not ones for other vaccines like those for measles or chickenpox.”

Six minutes AFTER the publication of that WaPo article, at 9.06 a.m. EDT, I received an email from YouTube informing me that my entire channel had been deplatformed and banned. They didn’t just take down old videos where I discussed vaccines. They took down my whole channel, including thousands of videos that were completely unrelated to vaccines.

So, as described in my complaint, the evidence suggests YouTube had considered this new guideline for some time — to not allow disparaging views against ANY approved vaccine — and they worked with a reporter from The WaPo to create that article ahead of time.

The WaPo article was then embargoed until the morning of September 29 in order to not allow me (or anyone else affected by this change) to review the new policy, take steps to bring my channel into compliance, or move my content to another platform. Instead, they simply deleted 16 years’ worth of intellectual property, without warning.

This is a clear violation of its own terms of service, which state that YouTube “will provide reasonable advance notice” of any changes to the terms of service, and that users will have “the opportunity to review them” and to remove content if they do not agree to the new terms.

Government, Media and Social Media Collude to Censor

The WaPo article coinciding with YouTube’s action is also a blatant illustration of how government, social media platforms and media collude and coordinate attacks to censor people and organizations with whom they do not agree, or who pose a threat to their propaganda narrative.

In a September 29, 2021, “News & Events” article posted by YouTube on its website, YouTube admitted they were “working closely with health authorities,” including “local and international health organizations” to come up with this new guideline.

YouTube Violated Its Own Three Strikes Policy

YouTube’s terms of service also include a “three strikes” policy, where users are supposed to be given three warnings and opportunities to remove content that violates the guidelines BEFORE being banned.

I had no “strikes” against my channel on the day I was deplatformed and deleted. The fact that YouTube had to use underhanded tactics to create an excuse to get rid of us only goes to show how compliant we had actually been all along.

YouTube Profited From the Content It Stole

I’m also suing YouTube for unjust enrichment, as for the last 16 years, my video content, having generated in excess of 50 million views, has been of great financial benefit to YouTube, allowing them to increase advertising revenue on the site.

Additionally, they’ve refused to allow me to retrieve any of this content, which they still have in their possession. So, YouTube has unjustly benefited at my expense.

Sen. Elizabeth Warren Sued for First Amendment Violation

The YouTube lawsuit isn’t the only legal complaint we’ve filed to protect our rights in this new age of illegal censorship.

November 8, 2021, I, along with Ronnie Cummins, founder and director of the Organic Consumers Association (OCA) and the coauthor of my best-selling book, “The Truth About COVID-19,” our publisher, Chelsea Green Publishing, and Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who wrote our foreword, also sued U.S. Sen. Elizabeth Warren, both in her official and personal capacities, for violating our First Amendment rights.

The lawsuit was filed in response to Warren’s attempts to force Amazon.com to ban our book. In early September 2021, Warren sent a letter3 to Andy Jassy, chief executive officer of Amazon, demanding an “immediate review” of Amazon’s algorithms to weed out books peddling “COVID misinformation,” stressing that Amazon’s sale of such books was “potentially unlawful.”4,5,6

While she didn’t spell out what laws Amazon might be breaking, she appeared to be warning Jassy that the company may be held legally responsible for wrongful death and homicide by selling books that “misinform” readers about COVID-19, its treatment and COVID shots.

She singled out my book, “The Truth About COVID-19,” as a prime example of “highly-ranked and favorably-tagged books based on falsehoods about COVID-19 vaccines and cures” that she wanted banned. She wrote:7

“Dr. Mercola has been described as ‘the most influential spreader of coronavirus misinformation online. Not only was this book the top result when searching either ‘COVID-19’ or ‘vaccine’ in the categories of ‘All Departments’ and ‘Books’; it was tagged as a ‘Best Seller’ by Amazon and the ‘#1 Best Seller’ in the ‘Political Freedom’ category.

The book perpetuates dangerous conspiracies about COVID-19 and false and misleading information about vaccines. It asserts that vitamin C, vitamin D and quercetin … can prevent COVID-19 infection … And the book contends that vaccines cannot be trusted …”

Government Officials Cannot Legally Censor Anyone

As a government official, it is illegal for Warren to violate the U.S. Constitution, and pressuring private businesses to do it for her is not a legal workaround. As noted in our complaint:

“Once upon a time, the First Amendment was understood to guarantee that books challenging governmental orthodoxy could be sold without fear of governmental intimidation or reprisal.

Almost sixty years ago, in Bantam Books v. Sullivan, 372 U.S. 58 (1963), the Supreme Court held that state officials violated the First Amendment by sending letters to booksellers warning that the sale of certain named books was potentially unlawful.

The ‘vice’ in such letters and in the ‘veiled threat’ of legal repercussions they communicated, explained the Court, is that they allow government to achieve censorship while doing an end-run around the judiciary, ‘provid[ing] no safeguards whatever against the suppression of … constitutionally protected’ speech, thus effecting an unconstitutional ‘prior restraint.’

It made no difference that the officials who sent the letter lacked the ‘power to apply formal legal sanctions’ — i.e., that the officials did not themselves have the power to sanction or prosecute the booksellers in any way. Indeed this fact made the unconstitutionality more apparent.

The officials ‘are not law enforcement officers; they do not pretend that they are qualified to give or that they attempt to give distributors only fair legal advice … [T]hey acted … not to advise but to suppress.’

It also made no difference, the Court expressly found, that the letters were framed as mere ‘exhort[ation]’ or that the booksellers were in theory ‘free’ to ignore the letters, because the officials had ‘deliberately set about to achieve the suppression of publications deemed ‘objectionable’,’ and ‘people do not lightly disregard public officers’ veiled threats.’

Today, certain members of the United States Congress have apparently forgotten, or think they are above, the law set forth in Bantam Books.”

If We Lose Free Speech, We Lose Everything

There’s no doubt our book, “The Truth About COVID-19,” is constitutionally protected speech, and that Warren’s letter is calling on Amazon to suppress protected speech.

Yet, ever since the start of the pandemic, government has systematically sought to suppress the kind of information shared in our book, using the same tactic as Warren used against us here — warning internet-based companies that if they don’t censor these views, the full weight of the government’s wrath will be turned against them.

While lawsuits like these are time consuming and costly, they are necessary. Free speech is worth fighting for, because if we lose that, then we lose everything.

As discussed in “The Biggest Casualty of COVID-19,” individual rights have been repeatedly trampled and violated ever since the beginning of this pandemic, and it’s only going to get worse from here if we don’t fight back.

It’s now clear that we have only two choices: Freedom, or life under authoritarian rule. There’s no middle ground. As the old adage goes, “Give an inch and they’ll take a mile.” It’s true that the judicial system has in many ways been weaponized against us as well, but it is still our best chance at setting the record straight and reining in these egregious rights violations.

https://articles.mercola.com/sites/mercola/special-content/newsletter-announcement-7.aspx?cid_medium=email

+ Sources and References

TODAY’S FREE ARTICLES

  1. 1A Powerful Mob Behind State Medical Boards
  2. 2How Cancer Deaths From the COVID Jabs Are Being Hidden
  3. 3Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Pills Trigger Heart Damage

Login or Join to comment on this article


Do You Really Understand Your Risk of Dying From COVID?

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Checked

  • October 25, 2022

Previous

Next

Randomized Double-Blind Study Shows Saffron Can Help ADHD

Randomized Double-Blind Study Shows Saffron Can Help ADHD

Dr. Meryl Nass Fights Back Against Unjust Attacks

Dr. Meryl Nass Fights Back Against Unjust Attacks

mortality risk covid

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • Polls taken in 2020 and 2021 revealed Americans were wildly confused and misinformed about their true risk of dying from COVID
  • Based on a new preprint analysis by professor John Ioannidis, there’s no reason for anyone to live in fear anymore, regardless of your age, as your risk of dying from COVID is — and always was — minuscule across the board
  • Before the COVID jabs were rolled out, if you were 19 or younger, your risk of dying of COVID was 0.0003%; only 3 per 1 million infected with COVID at this age ended up dying. Between ages 60 and 69, the infection fatality rate was 0.501%, i.e., 1 out of 200 infected died
  • Emerging evidence suggests the shots are causing immune deficiency in some people, thereby actually raising their risk of dying from SARS-CoV-2 infection, even with the now-milder strains
  • The real-world risk of dying from COVID-19 based on published data from the Irish census bureau and the central statistics office for 2020 and 2021 is as follows: For people under 70, the death rate was 0.014%; under 50 years of age, it was 0.002%, which equates to a 1 in 50,000 risk, or about the same as dying from fire or smoke inhalation. Under 25 years of age, the mortality rate was 0.00018%, or 1 in 500,000 risk of dying from COVID

Do you really understand your risk of dying from COVID-19? According to The Hill,1 a poll taken in mid-August 2020 showed “Americans have a significant misunderstanding of the risk of death from COVID-19 when it comes to different age groups.”

On average, Americans were under the impression that people under the age of 44 made up about 30% of deaths, when the actual figure was less than 3%. At the time, 58% of those polled who were between the ages of 18 and 24 also said they feared “significant health consequences” were they to get infected, when in reality this age group accounted for a mere 0.1% of COVID deaths.

Similar stats were found in April 2021, when the Washington Examiner reported on polls showing “COVID-19 alarmism” had resulted in 18- to 24-year-olds being the “most anxious about resuming normal life — despite being by far the least at risk from COVID-19.”2

At the time, the reported death rate among this group was 0.006%, yet half reported being nervous about interacting socially. Meanwhile, in the highest-risk group, those 55 and older, only 31% were nervous about social interactions; 65% were not.

Has anything changed? Anecdotally, it seems mask wearers these days are primarily young (and seemingly healthy) people, while the majority of older individuals have embraced the freedom to breathe freely again.

Based on a new preprint analysis by professor John Ioannidis, there’s really no reason for anyone to live in fear anymore, regardless of your age, as your risk of dying from COVID is — and always was — minuscule across the board.

Pre-Jab Infection Fatality Rates

Ioannidis’ paper,3,4 posted on the preprint server medRxiv October 13, 2022, looked at pre-jab national seroprevalence studies to ascertain the age-stratified infection fatality rate (IFR) of COVID-19 in people between the ages of birth and 69. As noted in the abstract:

“The infection fatality rate (IFR) of COVID-19 among non-elderly people in the absence of vaccination or prior infection is important to estimate accurately, since 94% of the global population is younger than 70 years and 86% is younger than 60 years.

In systematic searches in SeroTracker and PubMed … we identified 40 eligible national seroprevalence studies covering 38 countries with pre-vaccination seroprevalence data.

For 29 countries (24 high-income, 5 others), publicly available age-stratified COVID-19 death data and age-stratified seroprevalence information were available and were included in the primary analysis.”

Based on these data, the authors came up with the following median IFRs:

Birth to 19 years: 0.0003% = 3 out of 1,000,000 infected were dying20 to 29 years: 0.003% = 3 out of 100,000 infected were dying
30 to 39 years: 0.011% = 1.1 out of 10,000 infected were dying40 to 49 years: 0.035% = 3.5 out of 10,000 infected were dying
50 to 59 years: 0.129% = 1.3 out of 1,000 infected were dying60 to 69 years: 0.501% = 1 out of 200 infected were dying

COVID-19 pre-vaccination IFR non-elderly by ageSource: Ioannidis et al.5

Overall, the median IFR for all age groups combined (birth to 69 years) was 0.095%, with an interquartile range of 0.036 – 0.125%. Limiting the age range to between birth and 59, the median IFR was even lower, just 0.035%, with an interquartile range of 0.013 – 0.056%.

In other words, before the COVID jabs came along, out of 10,000 infected people under the age of 59, three died. Looking at the full age spread — birth to 69 — 7 in 10,000 infected individuals died. According to the authors:6

“At a global level, pre-vaccination IFR may have been as low as 0.03% and 0.07% for 0-59 and 0-69 year old people, respectively. These IFR estimates in non-elderly populations are lower than previous calculations had suggested … Large differences did exist between countries and may reflect differences in comorbidities and other factors.”

The graph below illustrates the ranging IFRs across populations in different countries.

ranging IFRs across populations in different countries

As reported by the Daily Skeptic,7 “The significantly higher values for the top seven [countries] suggest some of the difference may be an artifact of, for example, the way COVID-19 deaths are counted, particularly where excess death levels are similar …”

Wide variations in IFR between countries for the same age groups were also found, which they postulate may be due to:8,9

  • Data artifacts, such as inaccurate measures of seroprevalence or inaccurate recording of deaths
  •  Presence and severity of comorbidities — For example, in the U.S., obesity affects 41.9% of the population, compared to just 2% in Vietnam and 4% in India
  • Prevalence of frailty (number of elderly living in nursing homes)
  • Differences in health care management and societal support
  • Prevalence of drug problems

Pre-Jab COVID Survival Rates

Presenting this same data as COVID survival rates in the pre-jab era (i.e. 2020, before the rollout of the COVID shots) instead of fatality rates, you get the following:

Birth to 19 years: 99.9997% survival rate20 to 29 years: 99.997% survival rate
30 to 39 years: 99.989% survival rate40 to 49 years: 99.965% survival rate
50 to 59 years: 99.871% survival rate60 to 69 years: 99.499% survival rate

Now, these numbers were all prior to the COVID jabs. Emerging evidence suggests the shots are causing immune deficiency in some people, thereby actually raising their risk of dying from SARS-CoV-2 infection, even with the now milder strains.

Real-World Comparisons of Risk Using Irish Data

https://platform.twitter.com/embed/Tweet.html?creatorScreenName=mercola&dnt=false&embedId=twitter-widget-0&features=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%3D%3D&frame=false&hideCard=false&hideThread=false&id=1581931109851746304&lang=en&origin=https%3A%2F%2Farticles.mercola.com%2Fsites%2Farticles%2Farchive%2F2022%2F10%2F25%2Fmortality-risk-covid.aspx&sessionId=708bb9987b3f0c186ae1ba2010fe7cf157eaed53&siteScreenName=mercola&theme=light&widgetsVersion=1c23387b1f70c%3A1664388199485&width=550px

It’s important to understand that when you’re dealing with a risk that is but a fraction of a percent, the real-world hazard is so small it’s really pointless to worry about.

As a follow up to Ioannides’ new paper, Ivor Cummins, founder of TheFatEmperor.com, decided to review the real-world risk of dying from COVID-19 based on published data from the Irish census bureau and the central statistics office (CSO) for 2020 and 2021 (see video above10).

In other words, these data are based on actual deaths, not projections or estimates. He also compares it to the risk of suffering other causes of death, such as accidental poisoning or falling off a ladder. Here’s a summary of Cummins’ findings:

  • Under 70 years of age (i.e., ages birth through 69), 600 out of 4.4 million (0.014%) died of COVID. This equates to a 1 in 7,500 risk of dying from COVID, or approximately the same as your risk of death from accidental poisoning
  • In the 50 to 60 age group, 130 died out of 600,000 (0.022%), which equates to a 1 in 5,000 risk
  • Under 50 years of age, 70 died out of 3,4 million (0.002%), which equates to a 1 in 50,000 risk, or about the same as dying from fire or smoke inhalation
  • Under 25 years of age, fewer than five deaths were recorded in a population totaling 1.65 million. Since no number is specified, Cummins settled on three deaths to make his calculation, which gives us a mortality rate of 0.00018%. This equates to a 1 in 500,000 risk of dying from COVID if you’re under 25, or one-fourth the risk of dying from falling down stairs or off a ladder

Keep in mind that these deaths are not confirmed as being due to severe COVID infection. They’re people who died with a COVID positive PCR test, so the real-world risks are likely to be even lower if you’re healthy and have no comorbidities such as obesity, diabetes and preexisting heart disease.

In all, only 150 Irish people died from COVID during 2020 and 2021 who had no underlying health conditions contributing to their deaths, meaning they truly died from COVID and nothing else.

Lockdowns Cannot Account for Low Death Rates

Cummins has also published a draft paper titled “Evidence For and Against the Effectiveness of Lockdown Policies.”11 He points out that during 2020 and 2021, there was massive PCR positivity across the Irish population, so lockdowns were NOT the reason for why the death toll was so low.

People were testing positive in droves, even during lockdowns, yet very few were dying. The only reason that could be so is because the infection really wasn’t as lethal as they made it out to be.

People were testing positive in droves, even during lockdowns, yet very few were dying. The only reason that could be so is because the infection really wasn’t as lethal as they made it out to be.

Why Did so Many Die ‘With’ COVID?

As of early May 2022, the official COVID death toll in the U.S. was reported as 1 million, and 4 out of 10 Americans polled claimed they knew someone who died of COVID.12 But did they really die from COVID? That is the question. There’s ample evidence suggesting the vast majority of so-called “COVID deaths” were of three main categories:

1.People who died of other causes but had a positive COVID test within the last month — There were all sorts of incentives to mark non-COVID deaths down as COVID, from hospitals getting paid extra for each COVID patient13 to families getting funeral expenses paid (up to $9,000) for deceased family members who died from or with COVID.14,15

2.COVID patients were killed by incorrect and lethal “standard of care” treatment for COVID — It started with routine use of ventilators, which was quickly recognized as killing rather than curing patients. According to Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) whistleblowers, 84.9% of Texans who were placed on ventilators died within 96 hours.16 Yet the practice continues to this day.

Then came routine use of remdesivir, a failed Ebola drug with extreme toxicity, and denying patients basic nutrition and fluids. There are countless horror stories of people who had no symptoms of COVID when entering the hospital but were placed on this death protocol simply because they tested positive on PCR, and subsequently died from the treatment.

Attorney Thomas Renz has calculated17 that hospitals, at a minimum, are making $100,000 extra per COVID patient provided they do not deviate from the standard of care protocol, which includes lethal remdesivir and lethal ventilation, and bars the use of life-saving options like hydroxychloroquine, ivermectin, vitamin D or anything else shown to effectively treat the infection.

In short, every patient who has tested positive has had a massive bounty on their head, and hospitals have cashed in by overtreating and mistreating patients. It’s been estimated that 75% to 80% of all COVID deaths could have been prevented had early treatment with successful protocols not been vilified or outright banned.18

3.COVID (when it did play a significant role) primarily took out those already close to death, either because of their age or poor state of health — For example, as detailed in “The Truth Is Coming Out About COVID Deaths,” the average age of death in the U.K. from COVID in 2021 was 82.5 years. Compare that to the projected life expectancy in the U.K., which is 79 for men and 82.9 for women.19

Release Any Vestige of Fear

In closing, COVID-19 was never as dangerous as they made it out to be, and the virus has not gotten more lethal over time. It’s gotten milder. More infectious, yes, but milder, being near-indistinguishable to the common cold. So, please, if you’re still panicked about COVID, it’s time to stop. It’s safe to stop. It was a manufactured crisis from the start.

I encourage you to read Dr. Russell Blaylock’s article, “COVID Update: What Is the Truth?” published in the April 2022 issue of Surgical Neurology International. Here’s an extended excerpt from this excellent article in which he covers most if not all the basics:20

“The COVID-19 pandemic is one of the most manipulated infectious disease events in history, characterized by official lies in an unending stream lead by government bureaucracies, medical associations, medical boards, the media, and international agencies.

We have witnessed a long list of unprecedented intrusions into medical practice, including attacks on medical experts, destruction of medical careers among doctors refusing to participate in killing their patients and a massive regimentation of health care, led by non-qualified individuals with enormous wealth, power and influence …

Neither Anthony Fauci, the CDC, WHO nor any medical governmental establishment has ever offered any early treatment other than Tylenol, hydration and call an ambulance once you have difficulty breathing. This is unprecedented in the entire history of medical care as early treatment of infections is critical to saving lives and preventing severe complications.

Not only have these medical organizations and federal lapdogs not even suggested early treatment, they attacked anyone who attempted to initiate such treatment with all the weapons at their disposal — loss of license, removal of hospital privileges, shaming, destruction of reputations and even arrest …

Never in the history of American medicine have hospital administrators dictated to its physicians how they will practice medicine and what medications they can use.

The CDC has no authority to dictate to hospitals or doctors concerning medical treatments. Yet, most physicians complied without the slightest resistance … It should be an embarrassment to the medical profession that so many doctors mindlessly followed the deadly protocols.”

Big Money for the Hospitals

Blaylock continues addressing the only rational reasons for why hospitals were following clearly lethal protocols passed down from on-high by medically illiterate bureaucrats:

“The federal Care Act encouraged this human disaster by offering all US hospitals up to 39,000 dollars for each ICU patient they put on respirators, despite the fact that early on it was obvious that the respirators were a major cause of death …

In addition, the hospitals received 12,000 dollars for each patient that was admitted to the ICU — explaining, in my opinion and others, why all federal medical bureaucracies (CDC, FDA, NIAID, NIH, etc) did all in their power to prevent life-saving early treatments. Letting patients deteriorate to the point they needed hospitalization, meant big money for all hospitals …

It has been noted that billions in Federal COVID aid is being used by these hospital giants to acquire these financially endangered hospitals, further increasing the power of corporate medicine over physician independence …

One must also keep in mind that this event never satisfied the criteria for a pandemic. The World Health Organization changed the criteria to make this a pandemic …

The draconian measures established to contain this contrived ‘pandemic’ have never been shown to be successful, such as masking the public, lockdowns, and social distancing. A number of carefully done studies during previous flu seasons demonstrated that masks, of any kind, had never prevented the spread of the virus among the public …”

The Fact Check Scam

Blaylock also reviews how truth has been suppressed while falsehoods have flourished during these COVID years:

“The designers of this pandemic anticipated a pushback by the public and that major embarrassing questions would be asked. To prevent this, the controllers fed the media a number of tactics, one of the most commonly used was and is the ‘fact check’ scam …

When sources are in fact revealed they are invariably the corrupt CDC, WHO or Anthony Fauci or just their opinion. Here is a list of things that were labeled as ‘myths’ and ‘misinformation’ that were later proven to be true.

  • The asymptomatic vaccinated are spreading the virus equally as with unvaccinated symptomatic infected.
  • The vaccines cannot protect adequately against new variants, such as Delta and Omicron.
  • Natural immunity is far superior to vaccine immunity and is most likely lifelong.
  • Vaccine immunity not only wanes after several months, but all immune cells are impaired for prolonged periods, putting the vaccinated at a high risk of all infections and cancer.
  • COVID vaccines can cause a significant incidence of blood clots and other serious side effects.
  • The vaccine proponents will demand numerous boosters as each variant appears on the scene.
  • Fauci will insist on the COVID vaccine for small children and even babies.
  • Vaccine passports will be required to enter a business, fly in a plane, and use public transportation.
  • There will be internment camps for the unvaccinated (as in Australia, Austria and Canada).
  • The unvaccinated will be denied employment.
  • There are secret agreements between the government, elitist institutions, and vaccine makers.
  • Many hospitals were either empty or had low occupancy during the pandemic.
  • The spike protein from the vaccine enters the nucleus of the cell, altering cell DNA repair function.
  • Hundreds of thousands have been killed by the vaccines and many times more have been permanently damaged.
  • Early treatment could have saved the lives of most … who died.
  • Vaccine-induced myocarditis (which was denied initially) is a significant problem and clears over a short period.
  • Special deadly lots (batches) of these vaccines are mixed with the mass of other COVID-19 vaccines.”

Blaylock goes on to review COVID jab hazards, evidence of “hot lots,” the unprecedented lack of autopsies being done on people who die shortly post-jab, Pfizer’s deceptive trial practices, the shameful vilification of useful drugs, going even so far as to fabricate studies to make them look deadly, the dangers of the COVID jab during pregnancy, the skyrocketing excess mortality post-jab and much more.

It’s a fairly long article, but well worth reading through for a summary of where we’ve been — and where we’re headed.

Posts of matilda-macelroy.com:

Links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reel

Building a digital prison?

Bioweapons?

Chessboard of deception.

Last Step, Martial law will be introduced.

Climate change no offence mend

War on the people

Eu parliament in action

Human trafficking

Enemies of humanity

ESG and Climate change.

Pfizer and Data.
The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

Cabal or deep State& Alien connection. Stranger science fiction.

‘The world’s gone mad!’

A conspiracy against god and man! 

Slavery, Power/Greed! 

Humans reduced to a commodity! 

Can the West still turn the tide of tyranny? 

Conspiracy and the coming witch hunt. 

FDA


Fifth COVID Shot Recommended Without Safety or Efficacy Data

It’s true. According to a recent risk-benefit analysis it will cause 18-98 serious adverse events for each hospitalization it prevents, yet Biden just ordered 171M doses based on a study of 8 mice …

Dr. Joseph Mercola

Oct 1

127114

fifth covid shot

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • The emergency authorizations of Pfizer’s and Moderna’s bivalent COVID boosters are based on preliminary test results from a grand total of eight mice, and that data hasn’t even been made public
  • Based on the antibody response in eight mice, the Biden administration has ordered 171 million doses of the two boosters
  • A reanalysis of data from the Pfizer and Moderna COVID vaccine trials found that, combined, the jabs were associated with a risk increase of serious adverse events of special interest at a rate of 12.5 per 10,000 vaccinated. Meanwhile, the risk reduction for COVID-19 hospitalization was only 2.3 per 10,000 participants for Pfizer and 6.4 per 10,000 for Moderna
  • According to a recent risk-benefit analysis of a third booster for university students, for each COVID hospitalization prevented, the booster will cause 18 to 98 serious adverse events
  • A number of top officials with the FDA, CDC and the NIH reportedly have serious concerns about the direction we’re going in, yet are too afraid to speak out or push back
Visit Mercola Market
Advertisement

August 31, 2022, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration authorized the reformulated COVID bivalent booster shots by Moderna and Pfizer1 — all without the required convening of its Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC), which would typically discuss or vote on the authorization or approval of a new vaccine.

Instead, the FDA pushed the matter before the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). ACIP met for eight hours September 1, 2022, and authorized the untested boosters 13-to-1.2 3 CDC director Dr. Rochelle Walensky endorsed the recommendation later that evening.

Pfizer’s new booster, authorized for people age 12 and older, is a bivalent injection targeting Omicron subvariants BA.4 and BA.5, which are the two currently in circulation.

Moderna’s shot, authorized for adults only, aged 18 and older, targets the already extinct Wuhan strain and Omicron subvariant BA.1.4 The two bivalent boosters is only be available to those who have already received the primary two-dose series and/or a monovalent booster at least two months ago.5

Safety and Efficacy Assumed Based on Mouse Data

As explained in “What They’re Not Telling You About the New mRNA Boosters,” the emergency authorization of these reformulated boosters is based on nothing more than preliminary test results from a grand total of eight mice,6 and that data hasn’t even been released to the public.

In an August 30, 2022, article, Science explained the makeup of the reformulated boosters:7

“Both the Pfizer-BioNTech collaboration and Moderna make their vaccines from messenger RNA (mRNA) coding for the spike protein of SARS-CoV-2. The new vaccines are bivalent.

Half of the mRNA codes for the spike protein of the ancestral virus strain that emerged in Wuhan, China, in late 2019, which is also in the original shots; the other half codes for the spike protein in BA.1 or the one in BA.4 and BA.5, which have identical spikes …

For the BA.4/BA.5 boosters, the companies have submitted animal data. They have not released those data publicly, although at the June FDA meeting, Pfizer presented preliminary findings in eight mice given BA.4/BA.5 vaccines as their third dose.

Compared with the mice that received the original vaccine as a booster, the animals showed an increased response to all Omicron variants tested: BA.1, BA.2, BA.2.12.1, BA.4, and BA.5.

The companies say clinical trials for the BA.4/BA.5 vaccines will begin next month [i.e. September 2022]; they need clinical data both for full approval of the vaccines — their recent submissions are only for emergency use authorization — and to help develop future updates.

Presumably they will measure recipients’ antibody levels, but not the vaccine’s efficacy against infection or severe disease. Such trials are very expensive and were not done for the BA.1 shot either.”

FDA and CDC Rely on Assumptions, Not Actual Data 

A key take-home here is that efficacy against infection and severe disease has NEVER been ascertained. Those trials were not done for the original shot, and won’t be done for the reformulated boosters. Yet the efficacy of these boosters is assumed and declared as having been “proven” based on the original trials.

Talk about a circular argument! It’s just assumptions piled upon assumptions. Yet, based on the antibody response in eight mice alone, the Biden administration has now ordered 171 million doses of the two boosters.

Let’s not forget that the mice actually did get infected with Omicron,8 although we don’t know to what degree, since they haven’t released the data. For all we know, the mice may have had a good antibody response, got sick and then dropped dead.

What’s more, the monovalent Pfizer booster authorized for children aged 5 to 11, back in May 2022, was based on the antibody levels of just 67 children.9 So, when the FDA claims the original human trials were exhaustive and have conclusively proven the shots are both safe and effective, they’re flat out lying.

In addition to apparent fraud being committed, and the fact that they eliminated the placebo groups midway, those human trials won’t even be finalized for another two years or so, as all clinical trials require follow-up.

All we have are preliminary analyses, and FOIA released documents clearly show Pfizer has been less than transparent about adverse effects, as they mislabeled and dismissed almost all of them.

A reanalysis10 of data from the Pfizer and Moderna COVID vaccine trials found that, combined, Pfizer and Moderna mRNA COVID-19 jabs were actually associated with a risk increase of serious adverse events of special interest of 12.5 per 10,000 vaccinated. Meanwhile, the risk reduction for COVID-19 hospitalization was only 2.3 per 10,000 participants for Pfizer and 6.4 per 10,000 for Moderna. So, again, the risk-benefit is crazy lopsided AGAINST the shots.

Repeat Boosting Can Destroy Your Immune Function

Aside from the risk of immediate adverse effects of these experimental gene transfer injections, there’s also the issue of immune destruction through repeat exposure. A number of scientists have warned that repeated injections appear to be breaking down people’s immune systems. As noted by independent journalist Rav Avora:11

“The European Medicines Agency has warned12 against the potential adverse immunological effects of repeated boosting every four months.

As Dr. Marty Makary from Johns Hopkins has noted,13 recent research shows a ‘reduced immune response against the Omicron strain among people previously infected who then received three COVID vaccine doses compared to a control group that previously had COVID and did not have multiple shots.’

It is just impossible to overstate the unconditional absurdity of the FDA and CDC decision. Not only is the booster merely available to the public … but it is recommended by the state for everyone, including children and teenagers — those with least to gain and most to lose.”

Indeed, the population most likely to be mandated to take a bivalent booster are students, and according to a recent risk-benefit analysis,14 which assessed the impact of booster mandates for university students, between 22,000 and 30,000 previously uninfected students (aged 18 to 29) must be boosted to prevent a single COVID-19 hospitalization.

“For each COVID-related hospitalization prevented, a third booster will cause 18 to 98 serious adverse events.”

And, for each COVID-related hospitalization prevented, the booster will cause 18 to 98 serious adverse events, including 1.7 to 3 “booster-associated myocarditis cases in males,” plus another 1,373 to 3,234 cases of “grade ≥3 reactogenicity which interferes with daily activities.”

In short, mandating a third COVID shot for university students will result in a net expected harm of massive proportions, which is completely unethical. Anyone who cannot compute that 18 to 98 serious injuries plus another 3,000+ injuries that are bad enough to interfere with daily living is WORSE than one COVID hospitalization really should not be in a public health position. They belong in a remedial first-grade math class.

Public Health Officials Go Along to Get Along

Sadly, a number of top officials within the FDA, CDC and the National Institutes of Health reportedly have serious concerns about the direction we’re going in, yet are too afraid to speak out or push back, so the death toll keeps mounting. In a July 15, 2022, Substack article, Makary and Dr. Tracy Beth Hoeg shared the following:15

“The calls and text messages are relentless. On the other end are doctors and scientists at the top levels of the NIH, FDA and CDC. They are variously frustrated, exasperated and alarmed about the direction of the agencies to which they have devoted their careers.

‘It’s like a horror movie I’m being forced to watch and I can’t close my eyes,’ one senior FDA official lamented. ‘People are getting bad advice and we can’t say anything.’

That particular FDA doctor was referring to two recent developments inside the agency. First, how, with no solid clinical data, the agency authorized COVID vaccines for infants and toddlers, including those who already had COVID. And second, the fact that just months before, the FDA bypassed their external experts to authorize booster shots for young children …

At the NIH, doctors and scientists complain to us about low morale and lower staffing: The NIH’s Vaccine Research Center has had many of its senior scientists leave over the last year, including the director, deputy director and chief medical officer. ‘They have no leadership right now …’ one NIH scientist told us …

Another CDC scientist told us: ‘I used to be proud to tell people I work at the CDC. Now I’m embarrassed.’ Why are they embarrassed? In short, bad science. The longer answer: that the heads of their agencies are using weak or flawed data to make critically important public health decisions … And that they have a myopic focus on one virus instead of overall health …

An official at the FDA put it this way: ‘I can’t tell you how many people at the FDA have told me, ‘I don’t like any of this, but I just need to make it to my retirement.’”

Even Dr. Paul Offit, one of the most prominent pro-vaccine propagandists in U.S. history and a member of the FDA’s VRBPAC, has the common sense to question the sanity of rolling out untested shots to millions of people. In late August 2022, just two days before the FDA authorized the two bivalent boosters, he told the Wall Street Journal:16

“I’m uncomfortable that we would move forward — that we would give millions or tens of millions of doses to people — based on mouse data.”

Why Is FDA Making Unsubstantiated Claims in Ads?

The FDA is also advertising the COVID shots — and making bizarre unscientific claims in those ads. Here are two recent COVID booster campaign messages tweeted out by the FDA:

“It’s time to install that update! #UpdateYourAntibodies with a new #COVID19 booster.”17 “Don’t be shocked! You can now #RechargeYourImmunity with an updated #COVID19 booster.”18

Recharge your immunity

By law, the FDA should not engage in the advertising of drugs — historically, they’ve never even worked with drug companies to create ads19 — and the agency certainly should not put out false and misleading claims about drugs, as this is illegal. So, why are they doing both? As reported by Tablet magazine:20

“The continuation of unchecked conflicts of interest, and several recent authorizations for uses of new medical products that are in many ways unproven, demonstrate that the FDA is essentially unresponsive to public outrage, culminating in the bizarre spectacle of … promoting bivalent boosters on social media through unsubstantiated claims …

[A]cting not as a neutral regulator but actively advertising on behalf of pharmaceutical companies with government purchase contracts. The FDA’s disregard for its congressional mandate is not unique to this moment — it is a symptom of its decadeslong transformation into an agency captured by the corporations it is tasked with regulating.”

Why Is FDA Ignoring Red Flags?

Tablet magazine also highlights the FDA’s now-consistent disregard for safety issues, even when data clearly point to problems. This includes data showing frequent boosters can weaken immune function, and the fact that Pfizer, in its pediatric trial, actually observed a higher rate of severe COVID in the vaccine group than the placebo group.

The FDA also allowed Pfizer to discount 365 symptomatic cases in the pediatric trial and only count 10 cases that occurred after the third dose. This is how they got to 80% efficacy. In reality, however, the efficacy was negative after doses 1 and 2. As noted by Tablet magazine:21

“In a vaccine meant to prevent illness for an age group that is already at extremely low risk, this data should have been a red flag for the FDA. Why, then, has the body charged with protecting Americans from inadequately tested products been so eager not just to authorize these products for emergency use, but to enthusiastically recommend them?”

Clearly, the fact that 75% of the FDA’s funding comes from the drug industry is one factor that contributes to this corruption. Another is the revolving door between the agency and industry, with officials passing back and forth between the two.

A third factor is the financial conflicts of interest of individual officials. Tablet magazine reviews several examples of VRBPAC members receiving hundreds of thousands and even millions of dollars from drug companies, be it in the form of research grants, speakers’ fees or consulting fees.

Recent Studies Demonstrate Insanity of Continuing Boosters

In closing, at least three new studies demonstrate the insanity of continuing down the path of boosters:

  1. Japanese researchers have found in vitro evidence of antibody dependent enhancement (ADE) following Moderna’s mRNA injection.22 23
  2. A preprint study24 posted on bioRxiv in mid-September 2022 found Omicron sublineage BA.2.75.2 is exceptionally good at escaping neutralizing antibodies.On average, this sublineage was neutralized fivefold less potently than BA.5, making it the most resistant variant to date. According to the authors, “These data raise concerns that BA.2.75.2 may effectively evade humoral immunity in the population.”
  3. Another September preprint25 26 27 by Chinese researchers detail how and why SARS-CoV-2 variants are outracing vaccination efforts, and the role played by original antigenic sin.In addition to BA.2.75.2, other variants with impressive immune evading capabilities include BR.1, BJ.1, and BQ.1.1. According to the authors,28 many of the variants now emerging have mutations converging in particular “hotspots” on the receptor binding domain (RBD).They suspect this convergent evolution is linked to humoral immune imprinting, in other words, the phenomenon of original antigenic sin,29 the end result of which is reduced immunity and an increased risk of symptomatic infection.If you’re up for some, at times, complex scientific jargon, check out coauthor Yunlong Richard Cao’s Twitter thread in which he does his best to lay out the findings. Cao explains the convergent RBD evolution as follows:“Due to immune imprinting, BA.5 breakthrough infection caused significant reductions of nAb [neutralizing antibody] epitope diversity and increased proportion of non-neutralizing mAbs [monoclonal antibodies], which in turn concentrated immune pressure and promoted the convergent RBD evolution.”The take-home message here is that this convergent RBD evolution — which is making new variants increasingly capable of evading neutralizing antibodies — is the result of a narrow antibody response.It’s a byproduct of “vaccinating” the world during an active outbreak. The end result is that both natural immunity and the COVID jabs are rendered more or less null and void. If that’s not reason enough to quit this booster madness, I don’t know what is.

Subscribe to Mercola Newsletter

Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.

The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.

If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.

1

New York Times August 31, 2022 (Archived)

2

Rumble, Friday Roundtable September 2, 2022

3

Pharmacy Practice News September 1, 2022

4

Sky News August 15, 2022

5

FDA August 31, 2022

6

Tablet September 18, 2022

7

Science August 30, 2022

8

Rav Arora Substack September 12, 2022

9

Forbes May 17, 2022

10

SSRN June 23, 2022, Revised September 9, 2022

11

Rav Arora Substack September 12, 2022

12

Bloomberg January 11, 2022

13

Sensible Medicine August 23, 2022

14

SSRN September 12, 2022

15

CommonSense July 15, 2022

16

WSJ August 28, 2022

17

Twitter FDA September 7, 2022

18

Twitter FDA September 9, 2022

19

FDA.gov Drug Advertising Q&A

20

Tablet September 18, 2022

21

Tablet September 18, 2022

22

Scientific Reports 2022; 12 Article number 15612

23

Eugyppius September 19, 2022

24

BioRxiv September 16, 2022 DOI: 10.1101/2022.09.16.508299

25

BioRxiv September 16, 2022 DOI: 10.1101/2022.09.15.507787

26

Twitter Ulrich Elling September 17, 2022

27

Twitter Yunlong Richard Cao September 16, 2022

28

Twitter Yunlong Richard Cao September 16, 2022

29

Journal of Immunology January 15, 2019; 202(2): 335-340

Subscribe to Dr. Mercola’s Censored Li

Posts of matilda-macelroy.com:

Facebook

Human farm and children
Deep fake a big threat, wat is real?
The silent monetary Revolution.
Child trafficking.
The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Dulce base new Mexico

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

Links

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reel

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

Cabal or deep State& Alien connection. Stranger science fiction.

‘The world’s gone mad!’

A conspiracy against god and man! 

Slavery, Power/Greed! 

Humans reduced to a commodity! 

Can the West still turn the tide of tyranny? 

Conspiracy and the coming witch hunt. 

Pushing the NWO/WEF agenda?

Lockstep and Rockefeller plan.

Goose/bird flue pandemic Lock up in your home no travel and other activities,

Executive Order Advances Biotech-Transhumanist Agenda

I predicted this ‘no testing required’ formula would spread beyond COVID shots, and according to the executive order Biden just signed, that’s exactly what’s about to happen.

Dr. Joseph Mercola Sep 26, 441202

advancing biotechnology and biomanufacturing

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • September 12, 2022, President Biden signed the “Executive Order on Advancing Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing Innovation for a Sustainable, Safe and Secure American Bioeconomy”
  • Specified in that order is the development of genetic engineering technologies and techniques “to be able to write circuitry for cells and predictably program biology in the same way in which we write software and program computers,” as well as genetic technologies to “unlock the power of biological data” using “computing tools and artificial intelligence”
  • This executive order establishes a fast-tracked pipeline of mRNA shots and other gene therapies that will further the transhumanist agenda to create augmented humans and bring us into a post-human world
  • Drug makers have clearly expected this free-for-all as they have loads of mRNA candidates in their pipelines. September 14, 2022, Pfizer initiated a Phase 3 study that will test a quadrivalent mRNA-based flu shot on 25,000 American adults
  • Moderna began its Phase 3 mRNA flu jab trial in early June 2022. Ultimately, Moderna wants to create an annual mRNA shot that covers all of the top 10 viruses that result in hospitalizations each year
Visit Mercola Market
Advertisement

September 12, 2022, President Biden signed the “Executive Order on Advancing Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing Innovation for a Sustainable, Safe and Secure American Bioeconomy.”1

Specified in that order is the development of genetic engineering technologies and techniques “to be able to write circuitry for cells and predictably program biology in the same way in which we write software and program computers,” as well as genetic technologies to “unlock the power of biological data” using “computing tools and artificial intelligence.” Use of Big media to push their hidden agendas:

The technocratic cabal is pushing the world toward global tyranny, and Google is one of the primary supporters, aiders and abettors, of this scheme.
Google catches every single move you make online if you’re using a Google-based product. All Google products are interconnected, and the data from all their different products and services are collected to build your personality profile, which is both used to manipulate you, and sold to third parties to be used in whatever way they like
Google poses several unique threats to society. It’s a surveillance agency with military connections and covert surveillance powers, it’s a censoring agency with the ability to restrict or block access to websites across the internet, and it has the power to manipulate public opinion
Without Google, the technocrats’ dream of a One World Government would likely never happen, as it relies on social engineering and artificial intelligence. Google is a frontrunner and expert in both, and has the ability to control entire populations

Additionally, “obstacles for commercialization” will be reduced “so that innovative technologies and products can reach markets faster.” What we have here is, in a nutshell, the creation of a fast-tracked mRNA pipeline.

When, in June 2022, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration quietly implemented a “Future Framework” scheme2 to deliver reformulated COVID boosters without additional testing, I predicted that this “no testing required” formula would spread beyond COVID shots. And, according to this executive order, that’s exactly what’s about to happen.

In early September 2022, the FDA also put out medically false and misleading COVID booster campaign messages that prove we’ve officially entered the era of transhumanism:

“It’s time to install that update! #UpdateYourAntibodies with a new #COVID19 booster.”3 “Don’t be shocked! You can now #RechargeYourImmunity with an updated #COVID19 booster.”4

recharge your immunity

Is This the Death Knell to Allopathic Medicine?

Historically, gene therapies have had to jump through extra hoops, which is why so few exist on the market. As of 2021, there were 20 gene therapies commercially available.5 The world’s first gene therapy trial didn’t begin until 1990, so this is still a very new field.

The entire gene therapy field actually collapsed overnight in 1999, when a teenage trial participant died from side effects. An FDA investigation concluded research had moved too fast and that safety “had not been put first.”6 Progress, thanks to increased caution, slowed from there on.

Such caution is now being thrown to the wind, and it’s not difficult to predict there will be disastrous ramifications. Millions will die from poorly tested gene therapies and, eventually, medical research and allopathic medicine will both cease to exist, as survivors vow to have nothing to do with that murderous cabal ever again.

The only way they might be able to keep going is if they are in control of people’s brain function and/or able to force drugs under threat of death, or worse — neither of which is impossible at this point, shockingly enough. In the meantime, we’re looking at a cornucopia of mRNA shots coming our way.

mRNA Flu Shots Are in the Works

Not surprisingly, mRNA flu shots are in the works.7 While we probably won’t see mRNA flu shots during the 2022/2023 winter season, there’s every reason to expect they’ll be rolled out next year.

September 14, 2022, Pfizer initiated a Phase 3 study, which will test a quadrivalent mRNA-based flu shot on 25,000 American adults.8 Pfizer is also exploring mRNA technology that uses self-amplifying RNA (saRNA), for potential use in the future.9

Moderna began its Phase 3 mRNA flu jab trial in early June 2022.10 It’s also working on mRNA shots for respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) and cytomegalovirus (CMV), which is in the herpes family, as well as a SARS-CoV-2-influenza combination shot. Ultimately, Moderna wants to create an annual mRNA shot that covers all of the top 10 viruses that result in hospitalizations each year.11

Its current flu jab candidate, mRNA-1010, encodes for the hemagglutinin (HA) glycoproteins of four different influenza strains, including influenza A/H1N1, A/H3N2, influenza B/Yamagata and B/Victoria. According to Moderna:12

“HA is a major influenza surface glycoprotein that is considered an important target to generate broad protection against influenza and is the primary target of currently available influenza vaccines.”

The Transhumanist Agenda

transhumanism human 2.0

Over the past three years, I’ve written several articles exploring the transhumanist agenda, which all these mRNA shots and genetic technologies are part and parcel of. Basically, the goal of the transhumanist movement is to transcend biology through technology, and to meld human biology with technology and artificial intelligence.

In September 2020, I posted a video with Dr. Carrie Madej (above), in which she suggested we were standing at the crossroads of transhumanism, thanks to the fast approaching release of mRNA COVID-19 shots.

“One reason why it’s important to know whether synthetic RNA creates permanent changes in the genome is because synthetic genes are patented. If they cause permanent changes, humans will contain patented genes, and that brings up very serious questions, seeing how patents have owners, and owners have patent rights.”

Since these shots are designed to manipulate your biology, they have the potential to also alter the biology of the entire human race. Nearly two years later, we still don’t know the extent to which they might be doing that, yet more fast-tracked and untested gene therapies are on the way.

One reason why it’s important to know for certain whether synthetic RNA ends up creating permanent changes in the genome is because synthetic genes are patented. If they cause permanent changes, humans will contain patented genes, and that brings up very serious questions, seeing how patents have owners, and owners have patent rights.

US Defense Department Aims to Create Human Cyborgs

The hydrogel used to preserve the mRNA can also contain nanobots to create a bioelectric interface capable of connecting to a smartphone or other interface. Novel technologies that measure biological data, such as blood sugar, are based on this. Such technologies will, of course, have immediate ramifications for our privacy.

Who will collect and have access to all this data? Who will be responsible for protecting it? How will it be used? Also, if your cellphone can receive information from your body, what information can your body receive from it, or other sources? Could transmissions affect your mood? Your behavior? Your physical function? Your thoughts or memories?

So far, it doesn’t appear as though the COVID shots have these kinds of capabilities built in, but we do know for a fact that militaries around the world are exploring and working toward such capabilities. In fact, it’s an arms race in its own right.

In his September 14, 2022, Substack article,13 “Human Cyborgs Are Just the Beginning,” Dr. Robert Malone reviewed several of those plans. Certain report titles alone tell the story, such as the U.S. Department of Defense (DOD) Biotechnologies for Health and Human Performance Council’s report,14 “Cyborg Soldier 2050: Human/Machine Fusion and the Implications for the Future of the DOD.” It doesn’t leave a whole lot to the imagination, does it? According to the assessment abstract:

“The primary objective of this effort was to forecast and evaluate the military implications of machines that are physically integrated with the human body to augment and enhance human performance over the next 30 years.

This report summarizes this assessment and findings; identifies four potential military-use cases for new technologies in this area; and assesses their impact upon the DOD organizational structure, warfighter doctrine and tactics, and interoperability with U.S. allies and civil society.”

Human augmentation technologies deemed technically feasible by 2050 at the latest include ocular enhancements to improve sight and situational awareness, optogenetic bodysuit to restore or improve muscular strength and control, auditory enhancements, and neural enhancement of the brain for two-way data transfers and brain-to-brain communication.

Changing What It Means To Be Human

In “The Plan to Turn You Into a Genetically Edited Cyborg,” I covered another shockingly dystopian report by the U.K. Ministry of Defense and the German Bundeswehr Office for Defense Planning, published in May 2021.

That report, “Human Augmentation — The Dawn of a New Paradigm, a Strategic Implications Project,”15 reviews the scientific goals of the U.K. and German defense ministries, and they basically mirror that of the U.S. DOD. On page 12 of the report, the concept of the human body as a platform is described, and how various parts of the human platform can be augmented. For example:

  • Physical performance such as strength, dexterity, speed and endurance can be enhanced, as well as physical senses. One example given is gene editing for enhanced sight 
  • Psychological performance such as cognition, emotion and motivation can be influenced to activate and direct desired behavior. Examples of cognitive augmentation include improving memory, attention, alertness, creativity, understanding, decision-making, intelligence and vigilance
  • Social performance — “The ability to perceive oneself as part of a group and the readiness to act as part of the team” — can be influenced. Communication skills, collaboration and trust are also included here

They list several different ways to influence the physical, psychological and social performance of the “human platform,” including genetics (germ line and somatic modification), synthetic biology, invasive (internal) and noninvasive (external) brain interfaces, passive and powered exoskeletons, drugs and nano technology, neurostimulation, augmented reality technologies such as external holograms or glasses with built-in artificial intelligence, and sensory augmentation technologies such as external sensors or implants.

As noted in this report, “Human augmentation has the potential to … change the meaning of what it means to be a human.” This is precisely what Klaus Schwab, founder and executive chairman of the World Economic Forum (WEF), has stated is the goal of The Fourth Industrial Revolution.16

WEF has been at the center of global affairs for more than 40 years, and if you take the time to dive into WEF’s Fourth Industrial Revolution material, you realize that it’s all about transhumanism. It’s about the merger of man and machine.

Digital prison and Echo chambers.

This is a dystopian future that WEF and its global allies are actively trying to implement, whether humanity at large agrees with it or not. Importantly, the “Human Augmentation” report readily admits that human augmentation can “directly enhance behavior.”

And, if you think these reports are just brain fodder for geeks in uniforms, think again. The U.K. Defense and Security Accelerator (DASA) is currently, right now, accepting proposals for human augmentation technologies such as those listed above.17 Grants of 70,000 euros ($74,000), will be given to proposals that can provide proof of concept.

We’re Already Being Programmed to Accept Transhumanism

Both the DOD’s “Cyborg Soldier” report and the British/German “Human Augmentation” reports discuss the fact that human augmentation will inevitably widen already existing disparities, inequalities and inequities, and therefore, “efforts should be undertaken to reverse negative cultural narratives of enhancement technologies.”18

In other words, don’t let people come to the conclusion that human cyborgs are a bad idea, because at worst that might prevent their development, and at best, it’ll pitch regular people against the augmented elite, making their efforts to rule the plebs more difficult.

As noted by Malone, “Once again, we are being played before we even know what the playing field looks like.”19

Disturbingly, considering how nontransparent governments have been so far, it’s not inconceivable that technologies capable of influencing thoughts and behaviors would be used on populations without informing anyone, which makes the list of potential risks one takes with each new mRNA injection even longer than it already is.

But we don’t need to be genetically reengineered or have nanobots introduced into our brains to be at risk of outside manipulation. That’s already happening through noninvasive means.

Control Capabilities Go Far Beyond Orwell’s ‘1984’ Vision

In a November 2019 interview with CNN,20 history professor Yuval Noah Harari, a Klaus Schwab disciple, stated that humans are already “hackable,” meaning the technology exists by which a company or government can know you better than you know yourself, and this knowledge can be used for both good and ill.

According to Harari, the available capabilities already go far beyond Orwell’s “1984” authoritarian vision, and it’s only going to become more powerful from here.

He predicted that algorithms will increasingly be used to make decisions that historically have been made by humans, either yourself or someone else, including whether or not you’ll be hired for a particular job, whether you’ll be granted a loan, what scholastic curriculum you will follow and even whom you will marry.

To learn more about the larger issues of transhumanism and the race to merge man with machine and artificial intelligence, check out the Truth stream Media video below.

For example, there are even ongoing attempts to upload the human mind into the cloud, ultimately creating a form of “digital hive mind” where everyone communicates via “Wi-Fi telepathy.” This, despite the fact we still do not fully understand what “the mind” actually is, or where it’s located.

Final Thoughts.

I don’t know what it will take to prevent the dystopian post-human world envisioned by Schwab and his technocratic minions, but I suspect education would be a cornerstone of such an endeavor. In order for there to be a resistance, enough people need to be aware of what the plan is, and where we’re actually being led with all these novel therapies and inventions.

In the shorter term, it’s crucial to realize that the fast-tracking of “genetic engineering technologies and techniques to be able to write circuitry for cells and predictably program biology in the same way in which we write software and program computers” means they’re going to cut corners. Loads of them.

Testing is basically going to be done on the population at large, just as they’ve done with the COVID jabs. The results of such experimentation are relatively predictable. People will be seriously injured and many will die. So, think long and hard before you agree to take any of these forthcoming gene therapies.

Access this content 48 hours faster by subscribing to the FREE Mercola Health Newsletter today.

Subscribe to Mercola Newsletter

Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.

The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.

If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.


Ditch Google and Gmail Before It’s Too Late

Google isn’t just censoring information via its search engine – while about 50% of our subscribers are using Gmail accounts, the delivery rate is HALF of email providers like this one.

Dr. Joseph Mercola

13 hr ago

117114

how to ditch google completely

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • Many understand that Google is filtering and massively censoring information through its search engine, but it also has the power to censor in other areas, including your personal email if you’re using Gmail
  • The technocratic cabal is pushing the world toward global tyranny, and Google is one of the primary supporters, aiders and abettors, of this scheme
  • Google catches every single move you make online if you’re using a Google-based product. All Google products are interconnected, and the data from all their different products and services are collected to build your personality profile, which is both used to manipulate you, and sold to third parties to be used in whatever way they like.
  • Google poses several unique threats to society. It’s a surveillance agency with military connections and covert surveillance powers, it’s a censoring agency with the ability to restrict or block access to websites across the internet, and it has the power to manipulate public opinion
  • Without Google, the technocrats’ dream of a One World Government would likely never happen, as it relies on social engineering and artificial intelligence. Google is a frontrunner and expert in both, and has the ability to control entire populations
Visit Mercola Market
Advertisement

The fact that half of all people in the U.S. and around the world are still using Gmail as their primary email service is a testament to the fact that many still do not understand just how dangerous Google actually is, not just to their immediate privacy but also to their future freedom.

Many understand that Google is filtering and massively censoring information through its search engine. As you may recall, in June 2019, Google buried Mercola.com in its search engine update (see video above). They changed the algorithm such that whenever you entered a health-related search word into Google, our articles were filtered out.

But Google also has the power to censor in other areas, including your personal email if you’re using Gmail. As previously reported by Gawker,1 “Every word of every email sent through Gmail and every click made on a Chrome browser is permanently recorded by the company.”

Google Censors Your Gmail Inbox

Google’s interference in your life is only going to increase, and if you’re still using Gmail, why? You’re exchanging convenience and cost for your privacy and you are getting the short end of the stick. Just imagine how your emails might be used to rank you in a Google-run social credit system, for example. Few of us are “pure as snow,” but that isn’t even the issue. The issue is that ANY view or opinion can and will be used against you. The last three years have certainly taught us that.

Equally concerning is the fact that Google can censor your email, and we have evidence that this is happening. While about 50% of our subscribers are using Gmail accounts, the delivery rate for Gmail accounts is HALF of all the email providers like ProtonMail — far lower than any other email service.

So, if you are using Gmail to receive our newsletter please change immediately. If you’re using Gmail, understand that they’re censoring your inbox, and you might not even realize it. I am certain that at some point in the not too distant future they will censor delivering ANY of our emails to Gmail accounts. It is just another clever censoring strategy they have.

Why would you want to use a service that censors information that you specifically opted into and want to receive? Aside from this newsletter, what else are they preventing you from receiving? If you’re a subscriber, I strongly urge you to re-sign up with another email account — and cancel your Gmail altogether.

ProtonMail is an excellent alternative. It provides end-to-end encryption to protect your content and other user data. Proton also provides an encrypted calendar, encrypted cloud storage and free VPN.

Google — The Largest, Most Dangerous Monopoly in the World

goopocalypse now

The technocratic cabal is pushing the world toward global tyranny, and Google is one of the primary supporters, aiders and abettors, of this scheme. Indeed, without Google, the dream of a One World Government would likely never happen, as it relies on social engineering and artificial intelligence. Google is a frontrunner and expert in both, and controls entire populations in ways we don’t even fully understand.

Over time, Google has positioned itself in such a way that it’s become deeply embedded in your day-to-day life. Every minute of every day, it’s collecting data on everything you do, everywhere you go, everything you share, question and believe.

Google catches every single move you make online if you’re using a Google-based product, be it their search engine, Google Docs, Google Wallet, Gmail, Chrome browser, Google Photos, Android Auto, Android TV, Gboard, Google Alerts, Connected Home, Chromebook, YouTube — the list goes on.2

All Google products are interconnected, and the data from all their different products and services are collected to build your personality profile. That profile is then sold to third parties. It’s also used by Google to influence your thoughts, beliefs and behaviors using AI analytics.

Google is actually the world’s leading AI company, having purchased Deep Mind for $500 million in 2014.3 The Deep Mind AI defeated the human Go champion in 2019,4 a game far more complex than chess. With this level of AI, it is not hard for them to sort through all your data with their deep learning algorithms and find patterns to exploit.

The 2013 article, “What Surveillance Valley Knows About You,”5 is an eye-opening read that describes just how grossly invasive this data collection and distribution is, and how dangerous it can be if you end up on certain lists sold to third parties. Make no mistake, capturing user data is Google’s primary business.6 YOU are the real product being sold.

How Google Threatens Society

Google poses several unique threats to society, including but not limited to the following:

  • Google is a surveillance agency with military connections7 and covert surveillance powers — All Google products are surveillance platforms, and from Google’s perspective, the value of these platforms is their ability to glean very precise data about you as an individual, such as your habits, thoughts, beliefs, likes and dislikes, health problems, and much more.One covert surveillance function is Google Analytics, which websites can use for free. You, however, pay for it with your personal data, which is what Google sells to third parties. Collectively, sites that use Google Analytics — and most are — steal an enormous amount of your private information, as it tracks everything you do on a website equipped with it.You have no way of knowing whether a website uses Google Analytics, though, so the surveillance occurs “in the dark,” as it were.
  • Google is a censoring agency with the ability to restrict or block access to websites across the internet — The most crushing problem with this kind of internet censorship is that you don’t know what you don’t know.If a certain type of information is removed from search, and you don’t know it should exist somewhere, you’ll never go looking for it. And, when searching for information online, how would you know that certain websites or pages have been removed from the search results in the first place? The answer is, you don’t.Google has also taken it upon itself to be an arbiter of “fake news,” censoring information according to its own criteria of what is true or false. Needless to say, this also makes it really easy for Google to censor information that isn’t in its own best interest.8As just one example, in 2017, Julian Assange revealed how YouTube was censoring former congressman Ron Paul — for promoting peace!9 As noted by Activist Post:10“What we are witnessing … is a move to silence the peaceful opposition … [T]his crackdown is also coinciding with a massive push by the mainstream media to stoke divide among the people … to create an atmosphere so divided that people never look up at who’s controlling them.”
  • Google has the power to manipulate public opinion — Simply by tweaking the search rankings, Google can manipulate people’s opinions on a given topic.According to Robert Epstein, Ph.D., who has spent years exposing Google’s manipulative and deceptive practices as a senior research psychologist for the American Institute of Behavioral Research and Technology, Google has the ability to shift voting preferences among undecided voters by as much as 63%, and the power to determine 25% of global elections — all without leaving a trace.This power to manipulate public opinion and an individual’s behavior is what makes it such an effective social engineering tool.

Google Is a Key Player in the Coming Social Credit System

All of these powers combined — the ability to surveil and track every conceivable metric, censor and block access to information, and the ability to manipulate opinions — also makes Google an invaluable resource for the planned social credit system.

As reported by Fast Company,11 China’s social credit system is not unique. “A parallel system is developing in the United States, in part as the result of Silicon Valley and technology-industry user policies, and in part by surveillance of social media activity by private companies,” Fast Company writes.

For example, life insurance companies are already using content shared on social media to determine your premium. PatronScan is another example. These devices are used by restaurants to identify fake IDs and undesirable customers, people who have previously been kicked out of an establishment for one reason or another.

The list is shared among PatronScan customers, so getting banned in one bar or restaurant effectively bans you from all bars and restaurants in the U.S., Canada and U.K. for up to one year. Additional examples of the creeping social credit system can be found in the original Fast Company article.12

Google Is Everywhere

Another reason to assume that Google’s continued success is crucial in the technocrats’ quest to control the world population and impose global totalitarianism is the fact that it has already infiltrated most areas of daily life. For example, Google is involved in the following areas, and this is far from a complete list. Needless to say, personal data is also harvested from each and every one of these areas.

  • Childhood education — Many schools no longer use print books. Instead, all classwork is done on tablets or computers equipped with Google-based software such as Google Classroom, Google Docs and Gmail.13 Google Chromebooks (Google-powered laptops) became even more prevalent during the COVID lockdowns. Basically, no child could continue their education without one.As reported by Wired,14 high school students are now being spied upon by GoGuardian, yet another Google surveillance tool that allows teachers to see each student’s screen and use AI to scan student emails and other documents. An alert is sent out to teachers and police if signs of violence or mental health problems are detected.Once the children are out of school, they’re then encouraged to convert their school accounts to personal accounts, a move that allows Google to build incredibly powerful personality and marketing profiles of each individual from a very early age.
  • Health care — Google Health is involved in medical research and the expansion of AI in medicine,15 while its Google Cloud Healthcare Data Engine allows “health care and life sciences leaders to make decisions from disjointed health care data.”16 Google also owns Fitbit, which gives it access to all of your physical fitness data. They’re also working on portable medical diagnostics.17
  • Drug promotion — For example, in 2017, Google partnered with the National Alliance on Mental Illness and launched a depression self-assessment quiz — a test that funneled all respondents toward a drug solution.18 19Since then, Google and other tech companies have only gotten deeper and wider access to people’s personal medical information, and Google sells this data to third parties, which can result in higher insurance premiums or denial of employment.
  • Genomics — Google is also a leader in the collecting of genetic data (which they’re adding to their user profiles) and the development of genetic technologies. As reported on the Google Blog:20“At Google Health, we’re applying our technology and expertise to the field of genomics. Here are recent research and industry developments we’ve made to help quickly identify genetic disease and foster the equity of genomic tests across ancestries. This includes an exciting new partnership with Pacific Biosciences to further advance genomic technologies in research and the clinic.”On that list of developments are: “Helping identify life-threatening disease,” “applying machine learning to maximize the potential in sequencing data,” and “supporting more equitable genomics resources and methods.”
  • The food industry — Google is also deeply embedded in the food industry with data management and AI services, and is ubiquitous in the restaurant space.21
  • Home security — Google recently bought part of ADT and is partnering with the home security giant for a variety of services.22 So, your ADT service will no longer be about home security, but rather more home surveillance.
  • Artificial intelligence — According to Google’s dedicated AI site,23 “Our mission is to organize the world’s information and … [solve] problems for our users, our customers and the world … AI … [is] providing us with new ways of looking at old problems and helping transform how we work and live, and we think the biggest impact will come when everyone can access it.”Ultimately, the goal is to create self-learning AIs capable of imitating human thought processes. There are even proposals suggesting AI-enabled analytics systems could be used for “predictive policing” as illustrated in the 2002 movie “Minority Report,” where suspected perpetrators are arrested before a crime is actually committed.A January 2020 article24 in The Intercept cited a 2018 document25 by the data storage firm Western Digital and the consulting company Accenture, “Value of Data: Seeing What Matters — A New Paradigm for Public Safety Powered by Responsible AI,” which predicts smart surveillance networks may be deployed “across three tiers of maturity.”The first tier is where we’re at now, where law enforcement uses CCTV networks to investigate crimes after they’ve already occurred.At the second-tier level, predicted to be in place by 2025, municipalities will be transformed into fully connected smart cities where the cameras of businesses and public institutions are all plugged into a government-run AI-enabled analytics system. The third tier, predicted by 2035, will have predictive capabilities. As reported by The Intercept:26“A ‘public safety ecosystem’ will centralize data ‘pulled from disparate databases such as social media, driver’s licenses, police databases, and dark data.’ An AI-enabled analytics unit will let police assess ‘anomalies in real time and interrupt a crime before it is committed.’ That is to say, to catch pre-crime.”Mind you, Google claimed to have the ability to read your thoughts an entire decade ago. In 2010, Google CEO Eric Schmidt boasted, “We know where you are. We know where you’ve been. We can more or less know what you’re thinking about.”27Fast-forward 10 years, and Google’s mind-reading capabilities have exponentially grown and been perfected to the point that their AI can predict the exact moment when a teenager is feeling insecure, lonely or vulnerable, so an advertisement for an image-boosting product can be placed in front of them on the screen in that moment.This and many other terrifying capabilities are detailed in the book, “The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power,” written by social psychologist and Harvard professor Shoshana Zuboff.

Monopolies Threaten Democracy and Basic Liberties

Unfortunately, many still fail to see the problem Google presents. Its services are useful and practical, making life easier in many ways and more fun in others. That’s the bait, and many have swallowed it hook, line and sinker, not giving any thought to the ultimate price paid for such conveniences, or simply underestimating the threat that all of this personal data collection poses.

If you fall into this category, I ask you to give this issue some serious thought, because monopolies threaten our very way of life, and in more ways than one. As explained by business journalist and former director of Open Markets, Barry Lynn:28

“[M]onopolies are a threat to our democracy and to our basic liberties and to our communities. Monopolization, this concentration of wealth and power, is a threat to everything that is America …

America today has a monopoly problem. We’re seeing basically a second wave of consolidation and monopolization because of the digital revolution … The first issue is consumer protection and potential consumer harm. We created antitrust laws originally to protect our liberties, often as producers of stuff … My liberty to bring my wheat, my ideas, the product of my labor to market. That’s liberty.

The second purpose was to protect our democracy against huge concentrations of wealth and power. To protect our democratic institutions. And the third purpose [was] to protect your community. If I’m living out in Peoria, do I want the city of Peoria to be run by a couple corporations based on Wall Street, or do I want it to be run by the citizens of Peoria?”

Google Is Paving the Way to Hell on Earth

Alphabet, the rebranded parent company that houses Google and its various divisions, has turned into an octopus-like super entity with tentacles reaching into government, food production, health care, education, military applications and the creation of AIs that may run more or less independently.

A key component of many of these enterprises is data — your personal usage data; the tracking of every webpage you’ve ever visited and every single thought you’ve ever written on a Google-enabled device, along with geo tracking tracing your every move.

“Today, being a conscious consumer includes making wise, informed decisions about technology. Google is by far the greatest personal data leak in your life, so boycotting all things Google can go a long way toward safeguarding your privacy and thwarting the technocrats’ wicked plans for our digital imprisonment. It’s time to realize that privacy equals freedom. In today’s technology-driven landscape, you cannot be free unless you have privacy.”

Ultimately, what can be done with that kind of information, besides personalized advertising? How might it be used in combination with military AI-equipped robots? How might it be used to influence your health care decisions? How might it be used to influence your lifestyle decisions? How might (or is) it used to shape politics and society at large?

Today, being a conscious consumer includes making wise, informed decisions about technology. Anyone who has spent even a small amount of time pondering the ramifications of Google’s ever-growing monopoly over our day-to-day lives is likely to shudder at the possibilities and agree that we cannot allow this to continue. Google is by far the greatest personal data leak in your life, so boycotting all things Google can go a long way toward safeguarding your privacy.

Additionally, remember, the technocratic elite NEED your data in order to create a digital open-air prison. AI can’t operate without it, and without AI, the social engineering attempt falls apart. Google is the primary data harvester out there, so, the easiest way to thwart their wicked plans is to STOP feeding them data.

How to Oust Google From Your Life

Truly, it’s time to realize that privacy equals freedom. In today’s technology-driven landscape, you cannot be free unless you have privacy. The two go hand in hand. So, don’t delay. Start taking back your privacy and your freedom today by ditching any and all Google products, starting with Gmail.

Several of the most commonly-used Google traps are listed in the graphic below. In addition to those suggestions, here are a few more:

  • If you’re a high school student, do not convert the Google accounts you created as a student into personal accounts.
  • Switch to a secure document sharing service — Ditch Google Docs and use another alternative such as Zoho Office, Etherpad, CryptPad, OnlyOffice or Nuclino, all of which are recommended by NordVPN.29 Digital Trends has also published a number of alternatives.30
  • Delete all Google apps from your phone and purge Google hardware.
  • Avoid websites that use Google Analytics — To do that, you’ll need to check the website’s privacy policy and search for “Google.” Websites are required to disclose if they use a third-party surveillance tool. If they use Google Analytics, ask them to switch!
  • Don’t use Google Home devices in your house or apartment — These devices record everything that occurs in your home, both speech and sounds such as brushing your teeth and boiling water, even when they appear to be inactive, and send that information back to Google. The same goes for Google’s home thermostat Nest and Amazon’s Alexa.
  • Don’t use an Android cellphone, as it’s owned by Google.
  • Ditch Siri, which draws all its answers from Google.
  • Don’t use Fitbit, as it was recently purchased by Google and will provide them with all your physiological information and activity levels, in addition to everything else that Google already has on you.
  • Stop using Gmail — Use a privacy based encryption service like Proton Mail.
  • Stop using the Chrome browser and Google Search, Brave is the overwhelming browser of choice and while you are there you can use the new Brave search engine.
7 tips to optimize identity protection

Subscribe to Mercola Newsletter

Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.

The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.

If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.

1

Gawker October 6, 2015

2

Google Products

3

Tech Crunch January 26, 2014

4

The Verge November 27, 2019

5

Pando.com December 22, 2013

6

Fast Company January 13, 2014

7

Boston Dynamics

8

Goopocalypse.com

9

Activist Post August 28, 2017

10

Activist Post August 28, 2017

11

Fast Company August 26, 2019

12

Fast Company August 26, 2019

13

New York Times May 13, 2017

14

wired August 3, 2022

15

Google Health

16

Google Cloud Healthcare Data Engine

17

Medical Futurist Google’s Masterplan for Healthcare July 27, 2021

18

Buzzfeed August 25, 2017

19

Daily Mail August 24, 2017

20

Google Blog January 13, 2022

21

Linked In, Google’s Role in the Restaurant Industry July 21, 2020

22

Bloomberg June 28, 2022

23

ai.google.com

24

The Intercept January 27, 2020

25

Western Digital, Accenture, Value of Data: Seeing What Matters — A New Paradigm for Public Safety Powered by Responsible AI (PDF)

26

The Intercept January 27, 2020

27

Business Insider October 4, 2010

28

The Verge September 5, 2017

29

NordVPN February 5, 2019

30

Digital Trends April 28, 2017

Subscribe to Dr. Mercola’s Censored Library (Private Membership)

By Dr. Joseph Mercola  ·  Tens of thousands of paid subscribers

Join the private membership of Dr. Mercola’s Censored Library today to begin accessing must-read information you won’t find anywhere else.

Marburg Virus another well prepared plan.

“Who are these globalist elites who wish to raise the din of chaos, dissension and racism to symphonic levels around the globe? Why do they want nations disarmed? Why do they believe that the only solution to mankind’s woes is to systematically kill off 2/3 of the world’s population by any means necessary? Why would they enlist the help of turncoat senators, entertainers, world leaders, captains of industry, and even sports figures to help accomplish their heinous deeds? Why would they intentionally and openly attack nations around the world, including America, our constitution, our religion, capitalism, our families and liberty itself?

Well, these individuals are powerful, mega-wealthy men and women who will do anything to accomplish one thing and one thing only, and that is, as they have said for decades, reduce the “surplus population of the Earth.” But why? Simple, they truly believe that the woes and pangs of distress experienced in the world today stem from one thing, and one thing only. Over-population. *Less than 10% of the earth’s surface is populated.

Prince Phillip, Duke of Edinburgh, said this. “If I were reincarnated, I would wish to be returned to Earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.” By the way, it may interest you to know that Prince Phillip proclaimed himself, “the finance secretary” for his “globalist associates and fellow advocates involved in the spiritual and physical cleansing of our planet.”

Henry Kissinger, another “blood brother” to Prince Phillip, said, “Who controls the food supply, controls the people. Who controls energy can control whole continents. Who controls the money can control the world.” And guess what? These two men are a part of the organization that do control the world’s food supply, the energy and the money.

David Rockefeller, another professed member of the “elite class of globalists” said, “The negative impact of population growth on all of our planetary ecosystems is becoming appallingly evident.”

From David Rockefeller’s own book, ‘David Rockefeller- His Memoirs’, Page 405: “Some people believe that we Rockefellers are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure. One world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty and proud of it.”

So, they admit to being in a global group, working to dismantle U.S. sovereignty, and install a one world government in which the money, the power and the food supply are controlled by a self-appointed few.

Here are the main players.

Lord Jacob de Rothschild. Nathaniel Rothschild. Baron John de Rothschild. Sir Evelyn de Rothschild. David Rockefeller. Nathan Warburg. Henry Kissinger. George Soros. Paul Volcker. Larry Summers. Lloyd Blankfein. Ben Shalom.

By the way, when the Federal Reserve was privatized and these men backed it financially. All notes, payments and loans due the Reserve are revenue to be utilized at the behest of the financiers named above. So, in a nut shell, they control the financial health of America.

So, this is just a small portion of the outward operations of these globalists. As you can see, the words, ‘global’, ‘globalism’ and ‘globalist’ have numerous meanings and their applications may apply to not only individuals, but corporations and nations as well.

Many suspect that rogue virus’s in the form of influenza and transmittable animal diseases will become the globalist’s primary weapon against their ‘over-population dilema like West Nile Virus.

-Dr LEE Jong-wook- Former Director-General of the World Health Organization (WHO), died suddenly on 22 May 2006, two years before the end of his five-year term.

* It certainly appears that Ebola and H1N1 were globalist weapons that failed to become a pandemic concern and missed their target of eliminating millions from the face of the earth. President Obama said, during the Ebola scare, that “millions could conceivably die from the Ebola virus. Obama, himself a foot soldier for the globalist elites, even brought Ebola patients from Africa into the US!

Now the Human Corona Virus is attacking untold numbers of people in China, and it is spreading like a wildfire. Is there a connection? It could very well be. If you look at China’s biochemical labs, their ‘excessive population’ and their greed for money, the connection between them and the globalist movement seems obvious.

[DAVOS ELITE: Plan to “Fundamentally Change the Way Food Is Produced and Consumed”]

[The New World Order] cannot happen without U.S. participation, as we are the most significant single component. Yes, there will be a New World Order, and it will force the United States to change its perceptions. — Henry Kissinger, World Affairs Council Press Conference, Regent Beverly Wilshire Hotel, April 19th 1994

David Rockefeller is the most conspicuous representative today of the ruling class, a multinational fraternity of men who shape the global economy and manage the flow of its capital. Rockefeller was born to it, and he has made the most of it. But what some critics see as a vast international conspiracy, he considers a circumstance of life and just another day’s work… In the world of David Rockefeller it’s hard to tell where business ends and politics begins. — Bill Moyers

We know in the not too distant future, a half dozen corporations are going to control the media. We took this step (merger) to ensure we were one of them. — Time Warner spokesperson

We shall have World Government, whether or not we like it. The only question is whether World Government will be achieved by conquest or consent. — Statement made before the United States Senate on Feb. 7, 1950 by James Paul Warburg

All of us will ultimately be judged on the effort we have contributed to building a NEW WORLD ORDER. — Robert Kennedy, former U.S. Attorney-General, 1967

The real rulers in Washington are invisible and exercise their power from behind the scenes. — Justice Felix Frankfurter, U.S. Supreme Court

I am concerned for the security of our great nation; not so much because of any threat from without, but because of the insidious forces working from within. — General Douglas MacArthur

For some time I have been disturbed by the way the CIA has been diverted from its original assignment. It has become an operational and at times a policy making arm of the government. — President Harry Truman

The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the large centers has owned the government of the U.S. since the days of Andrew Jackson. — U.S. President Franklin D. Roosevelt in a letter written Nov. 21, 1933 to Colonel E. Mandell House

The real menace of our Republic is the invisible government which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy legs over our cities, states and nation. — Mayor (1918-1925) John F. Hylan of New York

We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order. — David Rockefeller, NWO Banker

We have before us the opportunity to forge, for ourselves and for future generations, a New World Order. A world where the rule of law, not the law of the jungle, rules all nations. When we are successful–and we will be–we have a real chance at this New World Order. An order in which a credible United Nations can use its peacekeeping forces to fulfill the promise and vision of its founders. — George H.W. Bush, March 21, 1991

We are not going to achieve a new world order without paying for it in blood as well as in words and money. — Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., historian, special assistant to John F. Kennedy

Countless people will hate the new world order and will die protesting against it. — H.G. Wells, The New World Order, 1939

If the New World Order agenda is not realized by the terrorist attacks on America and if Americans don’t agree to give up their weapons and relinquish their sovereignty to the New World Order, the next attack will be the use of chemical, biological and/or atomic warfare against the American people. The architects of the New World Order will not hesitate to use as a last resort an atomic or hydrogen bomb in a major American city. — Reference Op Ed page of the New York Times 9/24/01

We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false. — Former CIA Director William Casey (during an early February 1981 meeting of the newly elected President Reagan at the White House)

Fundamental Bible-believing people do not have the right to indoctrinate their children in their religious beliefs because we, the state, are preparing them for the year 2000, when America will be part of a one-world global society and their children will not fit in. — Nebraska State Senator Peter Hoagland, speaking on radio in 1983

#NewWorldOrder #SatanicAgenda #GlobalismIsCommunism #EndTimes #JesusChristIsReturning #WakeUp

And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels, And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven. And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time. ~ Revelation 12:7-12

Source: Truthstream Media > https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ErkVO4wHKn4&t=15s

Draining the deep State swamp contra to the West

1Executive Order on Advancing Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing Innovation for a Sustainable, Safe and Secure American Bioeconomy

2

FDA Briefing Document June 28, 2022

3

Twitter FDA September 7, 2022

4

Twitter FDA September 9, 2022

5

Gene Therapy Industry Report 2021

6

Gene Therapy Industry Report 2021

7

Time September 14, 2022

8

Pfizer September 14, 2022

9

Pfizer September 14, 2022

10

Moderna June 7, 2022

11

CNBC January 10, 2022

12

Moderna June 7, 2022

13

RW Malone Substack September 14, 2022

14

Cyborg Soldier 2050: Human/Machine Fusion and the Implications for the Future of the DOD

15

Human Augmentation — The Dawn of a New Paradigm, a Strategic Implications Project May 2021

16

WEF The Fourth Industrial Revolution

17

The Defense Post May 5, 2022

18

Cyborg Soldier 2050: Human/Machine Fusion and the Implications for the Future of the DOD

19

RW Malone Substack September 14, 2022

20

CNN November 26, 2019

Posts of matilda-macelroy.com:

Links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reels

Building a digital prison?

Bioweapons?

Chessboard of deception.

Last Step, Martial law will be introduced.

Climate change no offence mend

War on the people

Eu parliament in action

Human trafficking

Enemies of humanity

ESG and Climate change.

Pfizer and Data.

The Chemtrail mystery?
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp/2023/05/26/get-ready-the-alien-intervention-is-here

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

cabal or deep State& Alien connection. Stranger science fiction.

‘The world’s gone mad!’

A conspiracy against god and man! 

Slavery, Power/Greed! 

Humans reduced to a commodity! 

Can the West still turn the tide of tyranny? 

Conspiracy and the coming witch hunt. 

Why: Terra forming & secrete space war IV

human history by the pleadians (please click on the video link)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8ZNRVTfZa70
The Pleiadians Are Here: The Shocking Truth About Humanity’s Journey

Mind Wired Tv
20.8K subscribers

Share

11,792 views 8 Dec 2024 #pleiadians #ascensionsouls #pleiadianshighcouncil

pleiadians #ascensionsouls #pleiadianshighcouncil #spiritualawakening View?

Transcript

Greetings star seeds we have a remarkable tale to tell today one that transcends the bounds of conventional wisdom.

For those who are prepared to broaden their Horizons and accept a more profound reality about our history this is the authentic account of Humanity’s Beginnings.

The sage Celestial beings known as Pleiadeans frequently impart insightful tales that arouse greater Consciousness.
Let’s take you on a historical Voyage tonight to discover the little known tale of earth and its first settlers the true tale which is not included in textbooks or conventional teachings is distinct from the version of history that most people are familiar with.

The sage come to Earth in part to share this greater reality it’s acceptable to take your time because this communication is full with old knowledge let the light of this understanding fully integrate by pausing thinking and returning turning to this message as frequently as necessary make notes and have an open mind because what you’re about to hear might change your perspective on everything.

There were great and highly developed civilizations on Earth long before history was written despite the fact that many of these
creatures resembled humans The Twist is that they weren’t created on Earth every culture’s.

Knowledge Keepers tell the same tale their forefathers were drawn from the heavens and Advanced creatures from Five D star countries traveled to
Earth millions of years ago these were the pre-adamites the original Star seeds they included the great civilizations of Atlantis and Lemuria which were inhabited by creatures from the Lyra star system and the pleades.

These early space visitors were terraforms as well as explorers by bringing Advanced humanoid ancestors of Neanderthals and Homo erectus.

They readied Earth for Life modern humans or Homo sapiens are the result of the anunaki later genetic enhancement of these primitive creatures.

The Anunnaki were a humanlike fifth-dimensional species with a amazing technological and knowledge capabilities some of these creatures who came from the Syria star system landed on Nibiru a renegade planet that traveled through our solar system in a lengthy orbit faction members of the anunaki visited Earth 445,000 years ago in search of valuable materials such as monatomic gold.

Why gold this element was part of the High Council of nibiru’s effort to fix the atmosphere on their Planet they might make a metallic barrier to screen their house from the sun’s strong Heat by grinding monatomic gold into a fine powder interestingly the Anunnaki were exceptionally sophisticated and
adaptable due to their unusual genetic combination of human and reptile traits however their impact on Earth extended well beyond the exploitation of Natural Resources they were essential to the evolution of modern human civilization.

From their looks to their longevity the Anoni were exceptional in every aspect not just their technical prowess imagine creatures who are
incredibly beautiful to look at taller than people and stronger than anybody else their profound knowledge of biology allowed these space travelers to survive for tens of thousands of years.

Their DNA’s telr which are protective caps at the ends of chromosomes never degraded like those of humans because of this their cells were able to divide
indefinitely; maintaining their youth eating the bread of life which were cakes made from white monatomic gold powder and drinking the
wine of Life which was infused with anunaki stem cells further increased their longevity more than just a resource this material monatomic gold was essential to their spiritual and physical development to preserve their pure lineage.

The Anunnaki married inside their Royal Dynasty the anunaki were strong and intelligent yet they also had flawed characters they possessed a strict
social structure large Egos and domineering characteristics because they believed that they were Gods with the right to rule.

These creatures frequently fought with one another which resulted in Fierce rivalries and even Wars on Earth. The royal family headed by the Dynasty’s
father King Anu is Central to their tale enlil and Ani his two sons were instrumental in forming Earth’s history these beings The Shining ones
who descended from Heaven to Earth. The subject of the legends about Gods wandering among people exercising extraordinary abilities and
determining the course of civilizations. The anunaki maintained exacting records They used clay and stone tablets to record everything that
happened during their time on Earth. These records provide a remarkable view into Earth’s Antiquity spanning hundreds of millions of years unfortunately after the devastating flood that occurred some 12,000 years ago a large portion of this old wisdom was buried beneath sedimentary layers in contemporary times.
Logically tens of thousands of these tablets have been discovered even still very little of it has been translated and many of the interpretations are
inaccurate or lacking details. The story revealed by the anunaki tablets is intriguing it resolves longstanding riddles and even contradicts accepted
historical accounts these documents for instance recount the Anunnaki initial Interstellar Voyage from Nibiru including their travel through the inner
planets the hammered bracelet of asteroid belts and their landing on Earth.
It is astounding how much detail there is the tablets make reference to sophisticated communication systems LCD like displays and navigational computers
that enabled the Anunnaki to transmit messages back to Nibiru in order to provide a secure route across the asteroid belt.

Their starships were even outfitted with nuclear weapons these discoveries serve as a reminder that our history is far more
nuanced and Rich than we have been taught. The Anunnaki left behind a legacy hat continues to arouse awe and Intrigue because they were more than
simply ancient tourists they were the Builders of History.

What relevance do these old documents have for modern mankind then they suggest a fundamental connection between our species and the Stars one
that pushes es us to consider our Origins and identity more thoroughly.
Let’s travel back in time to the beginning of the most intriguing mysteries on earth a person by the name of alalu was the first anunaki visitor from Nibiru alalu crashed onto one of Earth’s enormous oceans close to what is now Mesopotamia while aboard a spaceship traveling through space this area was referred to be Eden.

The anun alalo emerged from his vehicle and entered the alien world with cutting-edge equipment including a suit for atmospheric and water protection and a breathing helmet shaped like an eagle’s Beak. He looked about alone on this alien world yet there were no humanlike creatures although it was a desolate and unexplored World it had potential.

alalu used Advanced devices to examine Earth’s water and air and found that they were suitable for life then came the momentous Revelation
that the anunaki valued gold a resource abundant on Earth after reporting back to Nibiru with his exciting discoveries.

Interplanetary exploration got underway the nibirian council promptly put together a reconnaissance mission to confirm the planet’s riches
when alalo was discovered another important player enki also known as EA was there this time in barely six days after their arrival.

The scout team established the first anunaki Village on Earth using their cutting-edge technology this community called arido
meaning home in the far away was a verdant Paradise located in southern Mesopotamia in present day.

Iraq it became the first Metropolis of the Anunnaki and is currently considered the oldest city on earth when the labor was
finished on the seventh day the anunaki rested and gazed over their creation does that sound familiar the fact that this story is reminiscent of
stories from religious and ancient sources is no accident. Eidu was only the start the anunaki eventually developed their activities into a
full-fledged Earth mission complete with mining sites space ports and even a way station on Mars. Their existence on Earth was anchored by these colossal cities and Mining hubs the anunaki were experts in science engineering and the Arts in addition to being explorers they were knowledgeable about physics chemistry astronomy Agriculture and even what some may refer to as magic.

They employed cutting-edge technology known as Mees and tablets of Destinies which are gadgets that resemble contemporary Quantum
databases and computers they were able to precisely plan and carry out their big undertakings thanks to these instruments.

The powers of the anunaki were astounding in terms of building they brought considerably more tools and machines than we could have ever
imagined they could create mountains with laser-like accuracy and no trash. If they used Crystal beams and diamond cutting tools they used ultrasonic
anti-gravity technology to easily quarrel cut and carry massive pieces of stone while some of their instruments were capable of softening Stone.

Others were able to sculpt liquid Stone into precise forms megalithic constructions could be lifted and positioned with Unthinkable speed and accuracy because to their technology by building cities that were architectural and Engineering wonders.

These ancient Lords transformed the planet through their mining Empire many of these buildings are still enigmatic today resisting interpretation
using standard archaeological techniques they established the framework for human civilization which went beyond simple physical foundations their technological and scientific prowess raises questions about what we believe to be true and suggests a lost period of Earth’s history?

One indisputable question remains when we unearth the earliest evidence of their existence from aidu to the imposing megaliths dotted around the earth
what more lies concealed in the tale of Humanity’s remote past in addition to leaving their mark on Earth the anunaki Left Behind
colossal evidence of their highly developed culture and Technology their spaceports like as those at Mount Moria B albec Giza and neore were constructed
to resist the immense pressure of the landing and taking off of nibon gold cargo vessels. Some of these enormous constructions weigh thousand of tons
they were built to withstand the tremendous force and weight of Ships coming from Nibiru.

The anunaki built all of Earth’s intricate stone structures and ancient megaliths that defy modern interpretation these were not your
typical Builders they were extraterrestrial creatures with technology that allowed them to do things with can only dream of.

The highly developed race known as the Anunnaki kept meticulous records on the building of these enormous cities and buildings between around 450,000 and 11,500 years ago while Earth’s terrain was being transformed by alien hands.

These buildings were made the Anunnaki created to leave a legacy not merely for utilitarianism these enormous Stone monuments were created as in enduring tributes to their creators intended to endure and be revered for Millennia rather than merely being utilitarian it is crucial to realize that the descendants of the anunaki who were perhaps even more powerful than modern humans built many of these ancient megalithic constructions. They found it as simple as Child’s Play to move these massive Stones create ideal high spots and arrange complex towering buildings.

The Bible the Quran the vetas or the Torah are only a few examples of the ancient religious writings that tell Tales based on the
Anunnaki existence on Earth these scriptures stories are reinterpretations of the far earlier more indepth narratives that the Anunnaki themselves wrote down in couni form over time.

Human hands altered filtered and changed these Stories the objective was unmistakable conceal the facts and rewrite the story to fit various objectives. The Hebrew Bible is one of the clearest illustrations of this the original plot was greatly lost as a result of many of the phrases and meanings being misunderstood for instance the Hebrew Bible’s use of the term God is mistranslated Elohim the plural term that originally appeared on the ancient tablets implies God Gods Not Just One.

The story’s flaws that expose the reality are also visible when we attentively examine the text let us create man in our image who are this us and our in the ancient scriptures the answer is obvious the Anunnaki in reality these several entities the ancient gods are the Anunnaki Dynasty which is headed by Anu and his two sons enki and Enlil. When the word God Appears in another section of the Bible it frequently refers to
one or more anunaki creatures or even their close relatives such as their spouses children or siblings.The biblical tale and the original Genesis narrative found on the ancient stone tablets are strikingly comparable but the original documents which are free of errors and omissions tell the whole truth more specific information about the Anunnaki participation in the creation of mankind reveals that they actively shaped and directed us in ways that we are still attempting to comprehend rather than merely creating
us. One of the main Anunnaki characters enlil was not very fond of people as can be seen if you look closely at the translations of the old Samaran tablets. Indeed it appears that he had a strong dislike for people like his father Anu enlil was a strong domineering leader who occasionally made terrible choices that had an impact on Humanity.
Many people are familiar with enlil from the Bible as the one who gave the order to destroy entire towns including women and children this angry envious God is the one behind many of the most dramatic events in the Bible he is the one who is supposed to have stated I regret creating humans let them all die in the flood and wipe them off the face of the Earth.

However another important Anunnaki deity enki took a quite different tack he was more sympathetic and frequently showed concern for others. In the Hebrew Bible when you read about God being kind forgiving and loving you’re usually talking about Enki’s Spirit rather than enlils. For this reason the Bible offers a bewildering array of characters God declares I love you more than anything in the universe and then he threatens to punish anybody who makes a mistake with eternal damnation
mistranslations and the editing and alteration of old writings.

Throughout time are the causes of this discrepancy in actuality the gods described in these ancient Tales were several entities with unique personalities rather than a single all powerful deity as we now believe the Genesis of mankind is one of the most important instances when the original narrative is misrepresented the real events documented on Ancient tablets do not correspond with the biblical explanations of the Genesis of humanity.

It is hard to completely comprehend the origins of mankind in our place in these Cosmic dramas without the original backdrop.

The work became intolerable after the anunaki minded Earth’s riches for about 100,000 years. The anunaki laborers who had been engaged in the mining known as igigi started to voice their displeasure the anunaki High Council on Nibiru.
Deliberated on a solution as the crisis worsened they decided to build a new kind of creature one that would be better able to manage the arduous work. Therefore it was decided to produce the first humans, Enki was assigned this Mission with the help of his genetics mastering consort nma and their son ninga. By successfully fusing their own anunaki genes with those of Earth’s indigenous animals they created a new species known as the Primitive worker.
Because the Earth’s clay was abundant in minerals that are necessary for life this initial attempt to create humans was successful thus in the Edenic paradise the first human adamu was created by the numerous Gods Elohim son.
Later adamu Rib was used to produce a female named Tiamat and the two of them became the first human pair the capacity to procreate was bestowed to these early humans guaranteeing the Anunnaki a rising labor force.

The Anunnaki had a clear objective to produce workers that were just smart enough to obey commands use tools and assist their creators. The first humans lacked the whole spectrum of cognition instead they were more like living robots made for work the people only had one strand of DNA which was not yet completely evolved for higher awareness because the makers purposefully excluded some genetic
components Enki had a different relationship with humans than the Anunnaki who had originally created them as workers beings to help them in their search for resources and wealth as though they were his own children. He treated them with affection and tenderness he called them his blood children and made it his mission to Shield them from his fellow anunaki cruel indifference.
Enki gave people something extraordinarily unique the Divine spark instead of just making them for work he was aware that humans May develop into something far more than mere servants despite their original intent unlocking this potential required.


Enki unique gift Enki didn’t fully understand the consequences of his actions when he created Humanity he gave them the spark of Enlightenment.
The capacity to reason and think Beyond Survival human intelligence increased as a result of this Divine enhancement eventually surpassing
that of the Anunnaki but his brother Enlil was incensed when he learned of this he witnessed people acquiring an excessive
amount of power and knowledge threatened by this new development enlil expelled the first humans from the Anunnaki Paradise.

See he remarked the man has become like one of us knowing good and evil now he might reach out and take from the Tree of Life and live forever however Enki continued to work on his Creations despite the fact that the gift of immortality was hidden away in order to give one of his human creatures a longer lifespan than the others.
He once again covertly fed them the genetic fruit from the Tree of Life certain human descendants inherited this long life Gene leaving them with a legacy of longevity. Enki continued to operate in this manner the involvement of the igigi the lower ranking employees of the Anunnaki gives the plot an even more dramatic turn, these creatures who were assigned to mining on Mars were frequently referred to as the Watchers.
Something that might alter Earth’s history occurred during a resource transporting Expedition the aigi encountered the spirit of the arkans an enigmatic entity that sparked a strong desire in them to marry human women taking an oath and planning to travel to earth.

200 of these igigi rebelled by kidnapping human women and taking them as spouses the aigi grabbed the human lady and taught them magic
and strong charms. They landed on Mount Herman a holy place called The Landing place of the Gods balbec where they performed a ritual for their wedding. A new species of creatures known as Nephilim Giants having both human and anunaki ancestry was created as a result of the igigi and human women’s couplings.

These enormous children caused Global Anarchy and destruction on earth a
tumultuous and dramatic chapter of human history began when they arrived on Earth.
The IGI sometimes referred to as the Watchers were genetic experts rather than merely laborers they experimented with fusing people and animals throughout time producing bizarre and hideous hybrids as their creatures progressively contaminated the Earth.

Their experiments resulted in Anarchy the Anunaki High Council felt compelled to act decisively since the natural equilibrium of the planet had been upset the 200 eiji who had fed these hybrid Offspring by taking human Brides were brought to Justice.

The anunaki authorities dubbed them the fallen angels and enLil sent these Fallen creatures to the lower regions of the Earth as a potent kind of punishment where they were to stay for 70 Earth Generations.

The planet Nibiru returned to Earth after a 3600 year orbit about 12,500 years ago the Syrian Dynasty’s top scientist forecasted catastrophic space weather that would have a significant effect on Earth as it got closer during its passing nibiru’s enormous magnetic pull was so strong that it destroyed the whole planet. The approaching Earth catastrophe and the hybrid Giants increasing
Menace prompted discussion among the anunaki High Council. After lengthy discussion it was determined that the great Deluge would arrive and that Humanity’s fate was set but Enki did something in secret to rescue a tiny bit of mankind he made certain that some of his favorite human inventions would live through the impending Calamity. Enki made sure Noah and his family received all the DNA
samples they would need to repopulate the planet after the great flood.

By surreptitiously assisting them in escaping massive disturbances were generated by nibiru’s magnetic forces as it approached Earth the world was engulfed in massive floods when the polar ice caps melted the Ice Age ended and nearly all surface life was wiped off as oceans surged 6 kilomet into the sky life on Earth was reset by the great Deluge.

The anunaki returned to rebuild their towns and go on with their mining Empire as the flood subsided and dry ground resurfaced.

Noah’s family and other flood survivors served as the ancestors of a new species of humans the Anunnaki believed that a new kind of person was needed on Earth After the flood one that would be more manageable less fruitful and have a shorter lifetime than the previous humans these new inventions would be more suitable for work and enslavement both labor and a race they could control.
Were still needed by the Anunnaki it was decided that although the human hybrids would inherit the Divine Right To Rule they would stillreport to the Elder anunaki. King Anu ruled that the wisdom of the anunaki would be passed down to these new hybrid people providing them with the means to establish a highly developed civilization nonetheless the anunaki would continue to supervise human rulers and maintain their subordination.

However this strategy did not satisfy everyone enki’s son Marduk felt betrayed he started to feel animosity at his family’s choices because he had long been disregarded as a leader on Earth. The anunaki dynasty would experience more Strife as a result of marduk’s annoyance.

Marduk made the decision to take control of his own destiny after becoming more and more irate at his treatment and felt ignored by the anunaki leadership despite their advancement the anunaki were no strangers to violence and their Wars frequently caused as much destruction as
those fought by humans as a result there was internal strife within the anunaki family with enlil and enki’s groups engaging in brutal conflict weapons of mass destruction were utilized when the tensions turned into a full-scale conflict on Earth.

In the area of Sodom and Gomorrah a terrible conflict occurred that claimed many lives the Anunaki eventually made the decision to depart from Earth leaving their human hybrid rulers in power.

the Elder anunaki offered the eiji also known as the Fallen Angels a chance at atonement after they had completed their 70-year
sentence for their transgressions. Their job was to assist the new human rulers in running the planet to keep them from escaping an
energy barrier was positioned around Earth and their probation was strictly monitored without a means of escape.

The Fallen ones led by marduk made the decision to seize Earth and use it as their own playground eventually Marduk took complete control of the planet assuming the role of Earth’s Monarch and creating a succession of hybrid human rulers he is still in charge of the plan and his rule is still going strong.

Marduk is frequently regarded as this world’s God he is in complete control and has a huge impact on Earth but is he really the antagonist in this tale there is more to the story than his strict techniques and Authority

by Preston James, Ph.D
July 14, 2013

from VeteransToday Website

Secret Space War – Part IV

The Secret of the Iron Mountain Report has remained hidden until recently when astute researchers have spent considerable time examining its true implications in light of what has been disclosed by top insiders  about the purposeful spraying of numerous toxins and bio-weapons into the skies under Operation Cloverleaf.

And despite the usual denials that there was no Iron Mountain Study Group by the USG, it is now believed that the Iron Mountain Study Group existed and was used as a tool to lay the groundwork for Terra-Forming the earth in preparation for a later 21st century full scale alien invasion.

If the Iron Mountain study group actually took place and the book summarizing it and reporting its content was accurate, this would make the Iron Mountain Report (1) one of the Biggest USG secrets ever.

One would have expected this secret to have been kept from the public at all costs, using every tool available to American Intel and the Secret Shadow Government (SSG) such as serious harassment, lethal threats, and quickly deployed extra-judicial executive actions (terminations with extreme prejudice aka “TWEP”). (2)

The term “with prejudice” means no judicial review or appeal is ever going to be possible later on. The use of the adjective “extreme” means that the most extreme measure will be used and this always means killing, that is, the extra-judicial murder by agents of the state, central government.

In today’s America almost 90% of all intel functions have been privatized by offshore corporations (most run by Israeli/American dual citizens or NeoCon zios) who have infiltrated and hijacked the big institutions of American Intel including the NSA, NRO, the alphabets and the Secret Shadow Government (SSG).

And yet the best evidence is that this book was accurate turns out to be that this report was for some strange reason allowed to be leaked and accompanied by a mild USG denial. How can this be seemingly completely irrational situation be explained, especially when LBJ sent cables to all US embassies ordering a complete denial and the burying of this report forever?

The book was first published by Dial Press 1967 and became a NY Times bestseller and was published in 15 different nations, later to be republished again and again, even as late as in 2008.

Purported statements made by John Kenneth Galbraith in support of authenticity. (3)

On November 26, 1967, the report was reviewed in the book section of the Washington Post by Herschel McLandress, supposedly the pen name for Harvard professor John Kenneth Galbraith.

McLandress wrote that he knew firsthand of the report’s authenticity because he had been invited to participate in its creation; that although he was unable to be part of the official group, he was consulted from time to time and had been asked to keep the project secret; and that while he doubted the wisdom of letting the public know about the report, he agreed totally with its conclusions.

He wrote:

“As I would put my personal repute behind the authenticity of this document, so would I testify to the validity of its conclusions. My reservation relates only to the wisdom of releasing it to an obviously unconditioned public.”

Six weeks later, in an Associated Press dispatch from London, Galbraith went even further and jokingly admitted that he was a member of the conspiracy.

The following day, Galbraith backed off. When asked about his ‘conspiracy’ statement, he replied: “For the first time since Charles II the Times has been guilty of a misquotation… Nothing shakes my conviction that it was written by either Dean Rusk or Mrs. Clare Booth Luce”.

The original reporter reported the following six days later:

“Misquoting seems to be a hazard to which Professor Galbraith is prone. The latest edition of the Cambridge newspaper Varsity quotes the following (tape recorded) interchange: Interviewer: ‘Are you aware of the identity of the author of Report from Iron Mountain?’ Galbraith: ‘I was in general a member of the conspiracy, but I was not the author. I have always assumed that it was the man who wrote the foreword – Mr. Lewin’.”

Complete Secrecy can be maintained when desired and the resources necessary to do so are deployed.

As many top intel analysts and experts know, complete secrecy can be maintained when desired and was done so during the Manhattan Project during WW2, and also during many parts of the Secret Space War initiatives of the USAF and the USN which are still largely unknown to most.

However some of such individuals also realize that the SSG is not uni-dimensional and there are different factions involved and some have been strongly arguing for disclosure and have claimed that certain treaties made in secret with “alien visitors” require such disclosures.

The reason for this has been provided by a top SSG insider (for those than are able to set aside their preconceived ideas about the actual reasons for many leaks) which is that these top SSG officials are ordered to provide such leaks or to allow them.

Most folks believe that leaks from the SSG’s Deep Black or Beyond Black programs are due to human intel error, incompetence or bullish refusal of whistle-blowers to obey illegal orders.

And although each of these reasons has been true some of the time, the really big leaks of such top intel, big USG/SSG secrets is that top SSG and intel officials have purposely leaked such secrets because they have been required to in order to be able to accomplish their goals of such Deep Black or beyond Black programs.

H.A.A.R.P is one of them, a more recent update/history.

Please click here for the video (link)

Back now 14 years ago, before U tube was government censored, this was one of the things that had my attention. By nature I have a lazy streak however, I got things done. Could explain why they spray chemtrails so much now.

———————————————————————

Back to where I left.

Certainly the privatizing and hijacking of American intel by Israeli controlled private communication corporations given full power of and color of the law with “shoot to kill” authority to form an operational extension of the SSG on behalf of the City of London Zion central Banksters does not facilitate the preservation of complete secrecy but almost guarantees it cannot be maintained and that it will be grossly misused against Americans on behalf of Israel and the central Banksters.

And further it promotes the continued hijacking of the American government and the continued asset stripping and exportation of all American heavy industry and manufacturing out of America.

It appears that some Deep Black and Beyond Black intel leaks are “required”, not just “mistakes” or aberrations but because of freewill and reel.

Arm Patch of SSG Anti-gravity Vehicle Squadron

Photo credit: Trevor Paglin

The actual reason is not only counter-intuitive but actually for many stretches the imagination.

And this actual reason for all the major intel leaks that have occurred including the latest related to Julian Assange, WikiLeaks and even Edward Snowden is that such leaks are “required” by “cosmic rules of play”.

Despite all the lethal rules to keep completely quiet about such deep secrets of the SSG, numerous and almost constant leaks occur. How could this be when such leaks are supposed to be met with lethal sanctions, but such has not been occurring in the past for some leaks and now for almost all of them.

What, top SSG officials are “required to disclose them”, why and by whom? Yes this sounds absurd and seems incredulous, but for those who are open, here is the way it really works.

Top SSG insiders claim that they are governed by “cosmic rules of play” that come from their god lucifer and because he claims to be completely fair he has set up “rules of play” which must be obeyed.

Cosmic Informed Consent is required, thus the most important major secrets must be intentionally leaked in disguise.

This preservation of human free will requires disclosure of what lucifer plans to do in advance so that humans have fair warning and can either consent or remove consent.

As this narrative goes, Lucifer can only advance his programs to completely transform the earth into a worldwide luciferian Globalist NWO one government super fascist system if the majority of humans provide consent and cooperate.

Experts know that societal tipping points occur when a majority of the people withdraws consent from their government.

That is why mindkontrol was considered and essential component in gaining and maintaining rule in Bolshevik Russia, Nazi Germany, Maoist China, North Korea and Cambodia under Pol Pot, all of which were pre-tests for the final takedown and transformation of the world.

And all of these luciferian systems were predicated on removing any concept of god almighty and substituting the state as god, in order to justify totalitarian control by the state and its worship as a super-parent figure by the masses, most of which were fully conned.

Those that were unwilling to yield to the state were imprisoned, sent to re-education camps, tortured, or executed just like what the USG has been now doing to many innocent teenagers captured and sold by Mideast warlords to the US Military to be used as stooges and terrorist patsies in this so-called phony war against terror which is little more than an Israeli/IZCS con job to trick America into fighting its illegal Mideast wars of aggression to build “greater Israel”.

Top SSG officials take orders from their superiors who are higher up the hierarchy known as the  “pyramid of power” which culminates at the very top in the Old Black Nobility – OBN’s “Circle of Twelve” aka the “Council of Twelve” which has been reported to meet regularly with lucifer in person for directions and guidance as well as additional annointing from acts of human blood sacrifice.

Successful implementation of the Secret plans of the OBN to Globalize the world and form a NWO luciferian one-world government based on super-fascism require custom designed leaks and disguised “informed consent”.

Unless these Big SSG secrets are leaked, the top SSG officials believe that their plans will not be allowed to be fully activated and will be doomed. They also realize that such “informed consent” always carries the risk that “we the people” will grab onto and believe the leak, and rise up and stop any such activation. But they go ahead and disclose and then attempt to use disinformation and misinformation to neutralize the leak as best they can, sometimes deploying sophisticated psyops to do so.

Super-fascism is different than the fascism of Nazi Germany. As Mussolini declared, fascism is the merger of the corporation with the state. In Nazi Germany and fascist Italy the corporation and the state were merged, but the state maintained predominant control.

In super fascism the corporation and the state are merged, but the corporations are offshore and beyond the reach of any nations legal system and forma network owned and run by an organization of central banks run out of the City of London Financial District which actually controls the state with which it is merged, thus in reality forming a functional but hidden in plain site NWO Globalist luciferian one-world government.

So what exactly is the big secret of the Iron Mountain Report?

The secret of the Iron Mountain Report was that the Powers that Be (PTB) that run the world would conspire together to create and claim a major international pollution crisis is occurring, a crisis providing a pretext to declare a war against environmental abuse, aka to be later called the “green movement”, Gaia worship or worship of “Mother Earth”.

Thus phony hypothesis have been force-fed Americans and the world that the CO2 necessary for good plant and crop growth is ‘toxic.’ It also forms a pretext to reduce energy consumption inside America by driving coal generated electricity to a minimum.

And along with the deployment of massive chemtrail or aerosol spraying in the skies under the secret program “Operation Cloverleaf”, massive crop yield reductions can be gained, humans can be poisoned and inoculated with nano particles of aluminum, barium, and other toxic chemicals as well as biowarfare agents, some active and some inactive which can be remotely activated at a later time by use of sophisticated psychotronics or catalytic viruses or bacteria.

This of course is part of a long term sophisticated geo-engineering plan to lower crop production, create famines and droughts worldwide and radically decrease the potable water supply.

The only seeds that will grow in this new toxified soil will be those patented by the former zio slave trader massive seed company, and these seeds will be tightly controlled are are referred to as “suicide seeds” because they are GMO, do not yield growable seeds themselves and are alleged to produce crops that contain sophisticated toxins that allegedly modify human DNA and serve as another form of softkill to reduce the world’s population.

The most serious substances being sprayed in aerosol chemtrails by CIA contractor aircraft from Tuscon AZ are the strange protein chains called “prion seeds”, which when activated can cause madcow, Creutzfeldt-Jakob type CNS neuro-degenerative diseases or as some have hypothesized a type of human rabies derivative which would result in a fatal occurrence of zombie-ism such as characterized in the new movie “Z War”. (4)

All of these are actually all covert weapons of war developed and deployed worldwide by the City of London zio Banksters as directed by luciferian leadership.

Many younger folks in their 20s, 30s, and 40s are now experiencing brain fog, cognitive slippage or “senior moments of forgetfulness” never before experienced in these age groups.

This is alleged to be due to the massive aerosol spraying by that CIA Airline in southern Arizona and many other subcontractors.

It has also been recently alleged that toxics have been quietly added to jet fuel as a combustion enhancer and mild fire retardant. Inhalation of nanoparticles of aluminum and barium can easily cause these memory lapses. The most common cognitive slips now appear to be are when young folks forget where they parked in a parking lot after shopping or leaving their keys or jacket in the booth of a restaurant.

Obviously the person or persons ordering this crime against humanity of aerosol spraying to poison humans below must be very, very high up in the hierarchy of control, the Pyramid of Power (POP) that runs most of the leaders of the world’s nation states.

And imagine the lethal fear these top POP leaders must be able to generate to keep subordinates cooperating with these massive eugenics program to softkill so many humans. Or at least they must be using sophisticated human compromise or honey-trap/pedophile ops or be paying a great deal of money or benefits to keep subordinates in line with these programs which are truly crimes against humanity.

And it is most interesting how China is quietly purchasing massive amounts of water from the great lakes using secretive means to gain access and then to transport it back to China in large tanker ships to bottle it in plastic with alleged high amounts of “gender bending” endocrine disrupter compounds to sell back to Americans as “bottled drinking water”.

The Big Plan is actually a very sophisticated blueprint to Terra-Form the earth according to the specifications provided by lucifer and his alien representatives.

This is all part of a sophisticated plan to create the pretext for the massive deployment of TERRA-FARMING of the earth in order to prepare it for a later invasion by a certain species of aliens, who plan to land and occupy and populate Africa as their center of control and their own nation.

According to recent leaked information, these creatures plan to create massive environmental changes to the whole earth and massively depopulate the earth using sophisticated eugenics and other soft-kill and hard-kill means.

This major problem would thus create a pretext for the formation of a very strongly empowered federal agency, alter to arise and be called the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) which would exercise strong police powers against the public often harassing them, taking their rights away without due process and generally setting up a situation where society would come to expect strong internal police state type organizations.

Of course this is the age old luciferian/Babylonian principal or “order ab chaos” or creating a problem that is so major and chaotic to society that only the central government is big enough to solve it, but first additional police state powers and revenues must be allocated to the state in order to empower it adequately to solve such a problem.

What specifically is Terra-Forming? 

Originally the concept terra-forming was the environmental engineering of a planet to make it habitable by astronauts or migrants from earth.

One plan was called the “third option” and involved transporting a select group of top SSG/POP officials to orbital space stations while the earth was undergoing a planned WW3 nuclear exchange, to later return to earth when condition permitted. Others wanted to use this third option to migrate to the moon or perhaps Mars.

Terra-Forming as used in this article represents the complete environmental and biological engineering of planet earth to make it conform to the wishes of lucifer’s chosen, allegedly his fallen angels the Nephilim (aka the Anakem).

This huge program is alleged to require deployment of massive and sophisticated psyops and psychotronic mind control, free-trade, de-industrialization of America and Europe, industrialization of China, a worldwide centralized banking system, one world currency following a staged and engineered worldwide and complete financial collapse, and the deployment of massive eugenics involving softkill and hard-kill until at least 80% of the population is eliminated.

Allegedly the final plan involves the elimination of all Cutouts even the top SSG officials and POP officials and the elimination of the “eliminator” cutouts who do all the softkill and hardkill once their jobs are completed, leaving only 2% of the humans left to serve as dumbed down, mindkontrolled worker bees.

Lucifer’s ultimate plan is to destroy all of god almighty’s earthly creation including animals and humans, and create his own transhuman type monsters who are part machine and part biological, best described as androids.

Formation of the EPA would serve as the prototype for other such massive centralizations of power taken away from the individual states of the union and the citizens of America.

In fact the whole idea of “psuedo-wars” against major social and economic problems actually created by the central USG in the first place has become that main practice of the USG since the publication of the Iron Mountain Report.

So we now have the so-called “war on pollution”, the so-called “war on poverty”, the so-called “war on drugs”, the so-called “war on terror”.

All of these problems have been planned and created by the Powers that Be (PTB) who sit at the top of the Pyramid of Power (POP) and their cutouts in the SSG.

So now our immediate biggest problem is the staged phony terror such as Murrah and the 911 attacks doen by the JCS, the USAF under direction of the zio NeoCons, aka dual Israeli/American traitors and the mossadnik infil-traitors, all supported by the Israeli unregistered intel arms such as the Bnai-Brith, ADL, SPLC and AIPAC and such.

Terra Forming of the Earth requires major changes to all societies, nations and every single nation-state’s environment. Some areas are designated for mining and acquisition of minerals and elements essential to the future plans of the aliens who are planning to form a worldwide NWO Globalist luciferian system with a “new Caesar of the Ages” to serve as world ruler and a complete dictator.

Some believe this will be Marduk, others that it will lucifer himself, with Marduk as his great profit or front man paving his way.

If these rumors based on insider leaks are true, most of North America and Canada is scheduled to be massively reduced in population, with only cities allowed which have stacked small 8×10 foot apartments and tightly contained non-mobile populations of “worker-bee serfs” under Agenda 21, with outside open land areas transformed into a large continuous nature center and game reserve.

The massive federal acquisition of America’s forest areas is all part of this plan and has been used to prepare Americans to accept such plans as they are deployed.

Senegal, South Africa

Alleged ground Zero for the First Stage of the Nephilim Alien Invasion

Africa is allegedly Ground Zero

Allegedly under this massive luciferian plan to Terra-Form the earth for open in-habitation by aliens, Africa is ground zero for the takeover of the earth.(5) 

And if recent reports of that an alien leader Marduk has landed in Africa are true as well as the rumors that he is alleged to be lucifer’s choice for a new “Caesar-of-the-Ages” are true, this would support such an allegation that Africa indeed is the first ground zero landing point.

And if Marduk has actually landed and has been visited by three American Presidents and various other world leaders, excluding Israel, China and Russia this would suggest that a major reorganization of world power is likely in the works with Israel thrown under the bus, which means the City of London Banksters’ main Cutout is going to be cut-loose because they are no longer needed.

This also suggests that a major nuclear exchange will result over Israeli Mideast aggression and this will perhaps level Jerusalem and much of Israel, leaving the city open for construction of lucifer’s new temple for his new “Caesar-of-the-Ages”.

Once the Jerusalem is “cleared” and “cleaned” and the new Caesar-of-the-Ages is seated and empowered, that is, anointed with the full power of lucifer, the worldwide Terra-Forming program will enter its final phase and major, direct eugenics programs will be activated by various sophisticated means and some very draconian hybridization and trans-humanism plans will also be activated to essentially remove any stubborn remnants of remaining human free will.

The Cosmic Rules of Play can provide a way out for Americans and other peoples of the world if they so choose to exercise their free will in their hearts and minds and refuse USG/SSG/IZCS/OBN lies, misinformation, disinformation and con jobs.

The Cosmic Rules of Play can provide a way out for Americans if they choose to exercise their free will and refuse to consent in their hearts and minds to the luciferian NWO Globalization that is destroying America. Those at the top of the Pyramid of Power (POP) know that they cannot takeover unless the citizens of the world consent.

They also know that “we the people” have been provided with the means to form a new conscience-collective instead of following the faux one elicited by the six controlled major mass media companies (CMMM) which are owned by a consortium of central Banksters.

The PTB also realize they cannot stop the worldwide  Internet so they will attempt to twist it to support their own luciferian NWO plans to Globalize the world.

They know that the key to whether they succeed or not lies within the hearts and minds of Americans and all people everywhere.

May of those in the USG, SSG and the top of the Pyramid of Power (POP) are very concerned due to the recent emergence of creeping populism all over the world, especially in America.

Yes, this can all be stopped cold if folks stop watching so much TV, realize that the evening news and all wire services are part of the CMMM system owned by the central Banksters and merely dispensed USG/SSG propaganda, basically all lies. And if folks wake up, wise up, refuse to do what is wrong meaning follow the golden rule of treating others the way you want to be treated, this evil machine can be stopped cold.

Remember the USG/SSG is very close to complete collapse from within. Many are just logging time, sandbagging and waiting for the STHTF. They will not “throw themselves on a sword” until either the SHTF or they see  massive public support with a public display of a major tipping point reached with the masses. Until that point comes you can be sure of one thing.

Stay tuned, you can bet that the American Intel Cowboys have gone back to work “on their own dime”.

There are actually hundreds of retired Intel Cowboys out there in the American hinterlands and these folks feel betrayed and super cranked-off (6). And anybody that knows some of these individuals knows the only thing more dangerous than an Intel Cowboy that is angry at the USG/SSG is when there is more than one that is also angry at the USG/SSG. Almost all intel cowboys are very well trained, very, very experienced intel experts that are very serious American Patriots.

Their specialty?  Taking down regimes quietly and from the inside using the most sophisticated means most folks cannot even imagine. These folks have the potential to be any corrupt leader’s worst nightmare they could never imagine.

Many of these folks are sick and tired of all the traitors and Israeli/American dual citizens, NeoCons and Banksters that have hijacked privatized and America, its intel and LE agencies, done the 911 inside-job/false-flag attack on NYC and the Pentagon, and “infected” all America’s major governmental institutions including Congress, the Supreme Court and the Department of Justice and created the Bolshevik DHS which unless stopped will morph into a new Cheka used to mass murder most Americans like they did in Bolshevik Russia, Maoist China and Cambodia under Pol Pot.

Many of these Intel Cowboys are technically highly secret, “off-the-books” assets only with very high level controllers that have long retired, left America or died. Most live and operate “off the official records and files” and are essentially “invisible”.

These Intel Cowboys are so slick in their tradecraft that they can come and go, manufacture identities, credentials, jobs, paychecks and even military appointments or credentials at will and have a plethora of connections to private industry that provide deep and multiple covers.

They can move in and out of different nations at will and have many years experience doing so.

Many of them have relationships with and respect for intel assets of other nations, even so-called enemies (most do not realize that intel cowboys move in and out of a worldwide community of spooks and often have mutual respect and rules of the game, at times cooperating to protect themselves from their criminal leaders).

Unless you are one of these fine Patriots or have worked with any of them, it is unlikely that you can even imagine what they are capable of. With these folks the sky is the limit literally. Thank god they are Patriots and love the US Constitution and want to preserve America the Republic.

You can perhaps imagine that many of these fine patriots have gone back to work making things right.

Of course they are so smooth at taking down governments and engaging in other other such sundry activities you will never see their fingerprints while they work, but if astute you may be able to recognize their handiwork as outcomes as they expose and brings the traitors who hijacked America to justice one way or the other.

Note:  A big thank you to Veterans Today Senior Editor Gordon Duff who has made this article possible and to Mike Harris who is a Financial Editor for Veterans Today and has his own radio show on Rense Radio Network, the Short End of the Stick(7) and has been willing to cover this topic. Gordon Duff is the first individual deeply connected to American Intel at the highest levels that went public about USG/SSG American/Alien treaties, anti-gravity craft (AGCs) and the secret space war that is now ongoing which few know about or can even imagine.(8)

References

Bill Roberson


UFO Lecture by Capt. Bill Robertson and planet Mars.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-11.png
This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is exopolZJ02_top1.gif
This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is exopolZJ02_top1a.gif
This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is William-Branton.jpg

by Capt. Bill Robertson

from FreeZone Website
 Increasing abduction of people on planet earth/reason.

William Branton Robertson was born the 2nd of December 1936 in Georgia (USA).Capt. Bill Robertson died on 12th of May 1991

How many of you have heard about or read about a thing called Alternative 3? For those of you who haven’t I’ll just give you a short summary.



A British independent television crew were investigating what happened to many scientists and military people in the 60’s, because these people seemed to disappear from England, and everyone thought they had gone to make more money in other countries. They were intellectual people, scientists, business, top military people and so on. So they were going to do a program about this to explain “why can’t Britain keep up with the rest of the world. Why don’t they pay these people to stay here and work with us,” and so on. And in the investigation they came across very interesting data.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-10.png
This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is alternative-3-1024x516.jpg

Back to the original:

They referred to this as the brain drain. In other words “brains going down the drain” in England – they were going somewhere else. The smart people going away, you know. And they did the investigations of the friends and relatives of these people. And the funny thing about it is they only heard from them one time.

And they never heard from them again. And some of the postcards and letters they sent were exactly the same. The picture and everything, and the way they wrote it was exactly the same. Almost as if they were ordered to do it. And then they had gone completely out of communication.

Further investigation…. When they put on the first program about this, several people saw it that wrote to the station and said, “we know more about this.” One of them was a scientist at the observatory in England, who said that he had recorded from an American spaceship on one of his radio telescopes a report coming from an American spaceship in the days before the Americans had sent anybody up.

And he knew it was a NASA Space Agency recording, because it had a certain code, a bip bip bip to it, but he did not have a decoder. But the television station investigated all this, and they found another guy who had a decoder, and they brought the two together.

Now during the bringing the man, the professor of astronomy, was going to drive it to London, but he thought maybe something might happen, so he mailed it in a package. And then he drove, so he wouldn’t be rushing he drove slowly, but he was killed on the way, a very strange accident.

He was found in his car down the side of the road, and he was burnt all the way to his bones, as if it was done by a high intensity laser or something. It could not have been done by a car just crashing and burning petrol. And this remained part of the mystery in the second program they gave.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-12.png



Now this was all true, and it was all recorded in the British newspapers. And then there were other people that gave stories: That the government of America and Russia were working together to establish bases on the Moon and Mars, and that’s why they needed all these people. And this was in the days before sputnik and spacecraft. And so by that time the station was in the problem of almost appearing to be putting out a science fiction movie.

And they are supposed to be investigative reporters of facts, you see. So they were told to admit to the public that these programs were all a hoax or they’d lose their license. And they must fire the reporters who were working on it. That is essentially… The book was then written by the 2 reporters or 3 reporters that were fired. OK? Now that’s how the Alternative 3 book came about.

Now you understand that that was the Alternative 3 idea.

The three alternatives mentioned by the book had to do with some of the data they found to apparently explain why the Russians and Americans would do this. They said that a climatic catastrophe was coming upon the planet, you know the carbon-dioxide – the ozone, and that they only had three possibilities: Go underground, live underground. Do something drastic with the atmosphere like with nuclear weapons or something – war. And set up bases or set up bases on other planets, for just the top people of course. That’s what they explain it with.



Now you are going to see the real explanation of Alternative 3, because that itself was a cover scenario. Are you ready? Good.

They showed this on the television, before it was cut off the air and before they were threatened of the actual – – – what was on that tape. And you are going to see it and are going to see and analyze what it really means.

World GOV Bases and Colonies in MARS Since 1962!  Click on control panels to listen and view the Shadow GOV IFO/UFO Type Beamship that was involved to travel back and forth to MARS 1962 with the Russians. One thing we never thought that atmosphere in MARS be exact same as the earth.


This is the supposed landing on Mars 1962 by the Americans. That’s the tape.

Now the thing he said at the last, he says – Boy, when they take the wraps off this, it’ll be the biggest day in history. 22nd May 1962, we’re on Mars and we have life.

Now, we’re gonna watch this – I’ll show you something interesting. OK let’s pause. All right, here you go. Look; let’s first of all examine the possibility that this was made in Hollywood. If they did make it in Hollywood what would be the point of making it so secret that they had to kill people to keep it from being known? Would they just be doing it to… Why would they keep it a secret, if they made it in Hollywood?

They would want everyone to know about it and say – Look we landed on Mars! and they never said that.

So what would they want it for as a fake, and how could this professor have recorded it coming from outer space, this tape, if they made it in Hollywood, you see. So let’s take their word for it is true. They did kill enough people, they threatened the radio station with closing the license – I mean the television with closing the license of the program, they did fire the people who worked on it. And when the book came out they banned it in America. So knowing all those indicators of a secret conspiracy going on, let’s take it as a true tape, but let’s analyze it as to what is the real truth.

Look at that porthole they are taking the pictures out of. That is not from an earth type spacecraft. That has a square, curved outer hull surface, and it’s very thin as you can see. There’s no bolts, you understand, and all that stuff they have on American and Russian spacecrafts. Right, it’s very big. You remember the first spaceships that went up. They had little tiny holes in them like that with bolts, like on a ship.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is Nordic-extraterrestrials.jpg

That’s the first point I want you to see. Now I want you to see something else here. There, you see the curves? Aha, you see this – stand by to scan, that’s what he said. Now watch this, watch what happens to the picture. See how slowly it’s moving? America and Russia never had any spaceships that are landing on the Moon, landing on any other planet that could slow down and do this. Watch this: the ship is rotating, slowly. Then it stops – Stand by to move on. Watch… see there, now they’re back on the landing pattern.

If you analyze this from an aeronautical point of view, you have the ship coming in. All of a sudden it stops, rotates around like this stand by to go-ahead, resume landing. Does that remind you of anything? It reminds you of the stories of “flying saucers”. They go, they stop, they move around a little bit, they go. All right. What’s that? (I never saw that one before.) OK, we go on with the analysis.

That, see this? Every time they change mode there’s interference on the transmission, or they’ve stopped the transmission and started it again. This interference with any radio transmission frequency is caused by a high intensity electromagnetic field.

Also this is in the stories of UFO reports where people’s car radios stop and the pilots, their compass goes around like this. There are also stories written how, obviously, UFO’s are controlled by high intensity electromagnetic fields. And if you were broadcasting from there back to Earth you would expect the broadcast to be interfered with every time they had to change the controls, altitude or path of the flying saucer, and it does!

No Film but still text about Mars:

And now… watch again. Now look how slowly it’s going.

Temperature 4 degrees Celsius, 21 km/h wind. 707,7 Mb air pressure. 760 (is normal), no 1013 Mb.

This is only 7/10 as much as Earth. OK, next. I want you to observe this place they’re coming toward. You didn’t notice that, did you? There’s a tower, like a control tower. And there are 1, 2, 3 pads to land on, but they are only round ones, and they look like they are a hundred or so feet in diameter, 30-40 meter or more. 1, 2, 3 and they’re round. Now what could you land there if you have never been there before? Could they have built a landing base, if they had never been there before?

Will the now president of the US, also known as the man ”death in the head” enter the history books as the destroyer of the American dream?

Image result for President Obama Award for Joe Biden

Some predict an inevitable civil [?] war between the Electorate/Constitutional/Surface government of the U.S., and the joint humanoid-reptiloid Corporate/National-Global Socialist/Underground New World Order government, which is paid for by American taxpayers and also known as Deep State & Cabal best known for their unsavory money-making projects. Combination of insatiable hunger for power and greed.

In George Washington views this war will apparently provoke an armed United Nations / New World Order invasion of the U.S.A. which, but according to this now famous ’vision’ will ultimately end with an American victory as a result of Divine Intervention.

Now watch this when they land: They get to static again, because they have to put in the electromagnetic field. So you don’t see them actually landing there, but you can believe they are going to land on this one or one of these. Right. Watch that closely. You see that? There it is, there it comes. Stand by for landing. Let’s do it again, so you can see it. There are: 1, 2, and 3. There’s the building. Now they are obviously sitting on one of the pads looking out away from the building. And now they see the brown very closely. Americans… some kind of mole, a mole. OK, now.

What the cover-up was, what the secret of Alternative 3 was, which is still a secret, is that the Americans did get to Mars in 1962 with a radio and television camera, but they didn’t make the ship. That was an alien flying saucer. You wanna see it again? This is the big secret. That’s what they didn’t want anyone to know. They were just passengers. Imagine it…. on a flying saucer, you see it? The base, the little pads. OK.

So I told you it would be amazing. I took you on a video-trip on a flying saucer as the first thing. That’s how they work, just like that, you see it from the inside. How did you like that trip? That was the big secret of Alternative 3. The Americans did not land on Mars. They took as passengers on a flying saucer. All this Alternative 3 stuff was cover.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-22.png



Now who were these people that took them? And what connection do they have with the American government? And what connection do they have with this planet? And why is it all a secret? Now what the hell is the importance of this place anyway?

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is Cover-up-WW2.jpg



Well, in case you don’t believe…. by the way, how much time do we have? I can do this part after lunch. 1/2 an hour left to lunch? 45 minutes to lunch. In case you still don’t believe that these ideas and stories that you hear about UFO’s, these kind of things, if you still don’t reckon that there’s really anything to it… I mean I started you off with a trip from inside of one. Now I’ll show you some from the outside that people have actually photographed. People say there’s no photographs of them. They are not true. Yes there are photographs and television. All right.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is haunebu-3-at-south-pole.jpg



Now this was on the program even, but people still say they haven’t seen this. They are still-pictures that they’ve taken of flying saucers. There it is. Just watch the pictures, there it is. Going behind there to land somewhere. Another picture. Another one. Another one. OK. Next, we go to this last couple.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is ancient-temple-on-mars.jpg

These things look strangely alike from the outside of what you were just seeing from the inside out the little portholes. There’s another one coming – there it is. There’s one. There. Looks like he’s taking pictures too. That was the last one here, last shot. This one, that one. Then there’s another one they are showing you at night, glowing a little bit. This one. All right. OK, next.

So these things have been around, and it looks like the government is keeping it quiet. We still don’t know why, but we’re gonna find out. During the break you can come up and look at some of these articles. They also have some newspaper stories about it. But I knew that most of you from Germany would rather have hard, more physical evidence. Either pictures or videos or from inside. OK, ready? Here’s some more.

The last one, this is one of the best ones, because it will show you how they land into the… on the planet. These were taken on Earth. Now you noticed they had a little landing place on Mars. If they’re gonna be here on the planet they must also have landing places, OK?

So let’s look at them going into one. Right after this. There, watch this guy. He’s landing behind the mountain or into a hangar or something. Slowly down, you see. He doesn’t come up again. That’s how they would take off, you see, come backwards. This is how he lands, see? OK. Now that was a little thing that they tried to excite everybody’s curiosity with. But we’ve got some more stories about these from people that actually worked with the aliens. See that? That is not a conventional aircraft or weather balloon.

OK, so up to this point I just wanted to show you some of the physical evidence that we have about these things. And then we will… I’ll ask you if you have any questions about that so far, but I won’t tell you anything about what’s gonna happen after lunch, because that’s gonna be very exciting. I’d rather you have a good lunch first, because some of this is not pleasant. If these people were here, if these aliens were here to be friendly and to make trade with you, and buy your nice apple juice and wines from France and everything like that, then there’d be no reason to keep it secret, would there?

But unfortunately they are here doing, some of them, are doing something different than that. And that we’re gonna find out after lunch. But up until this point is there any questions about what we’ve said so far, Alternative 3, landing on Mars 1962, pictures of UFO’s, the way they moved, who they worked with? Yes, questions.

NASA faked?

Let’s take this gentleman first.

“Could you explain the atmosphere on Mars, because when one sees pictures from telescopes from here to Mars there’s no atmosphere.”

Yes, apparently it is very thin and there’s very little cloud in it. And we also know from other reports that a lot of the NASA photographs and the NASA things they’ve done since this time, some of the photographs and some of the satellite photographs and orbiting photographs they leave them out. They don’t let them out to the public.

There was a gentleman in America, two gentlemen, who actually were researchers and discovered those pyramids on Mars. Did you see that article? And they had to… they discovered those photographs filed incorrectly under the southern latitude and longitude on Mars when they should have been in the northern part.

They were deliberately taken out. And they just happened upon them by chance, and no one would come to their press conferences either, and now it’s just sort of one of these crackpot stories as well, but they had been working with actual NASA photographs from Mars. But NASA has never admitted that those are real photographs of pyramids on Mars although they took them. You see, so there’s still a cover-up going. And we find there’s false data being given about the Moon and Mars. Not necessarily false, there’s so much omitted, they don’t tell you everything.

Just as if you were trying to not tell about where you went last night to your wife. I just went out drinking with some friends – OK, that’s all right. You don’t say how many bars, how many girls that were there, and how many times you spent going to some other places. See what I mean? That’s the same with the government. They are lying to their children, to their wives, husbands, whatever…

Next question is here:

“In the textbooks the atmosphere on Mars is explained as being reddish, not blue, and the pressure is given as about 1/1000 of the pressure on earth, so these data don’t fit?”

That’s nearly a vacuum. They are probably lying. But I tell you one thing they are wrong about, the… when you’re on the planet looking at… If there’s any kind of carbon dioxide or molecular air structure just because of the sun’s refraction and incidence into an atmosphere any type of clear gas – you’re gonna get a blue effect. That is for any planet when you’re on the planet. In a clear atmosphere you’re gonna get a blue.
 


“This blue sky depends on clear gas. Mars’ atmosphere is supposed to be dusty, and then it’s physically sound to have a red atmosphere.”

That’s what they say. Now if you go up on a high mountain, Mount Everest or something, you see pictures from there, you have a thin blue look as well. Now that’s a very low pressure. The outpoint in the scientists’ story about what you just said, if the atmosphere is so thin, then what’s holding the dust up? Nothing, because in a vacuum, if it’s near vacuum, the dust will fall like a rock. Go ahead.
 

“About the Mars atmosphere I read an article in I think it was scientific American, and then they tested animals that live on Earth, and then they figured out that the lower the animals are the longer they can survive on Mars’ atmosphere. A frog for example can survive at least for 24 hours.”

Yeah well, you saw a mole living there on that picture. It was some kind of underground animal, and I bet you if you were on Mars and didn’t have any water, and you were examining how people live on Earth, you would not believe that anything lived in the ocean. You would not figure out how a gill for instance could exist. And yet we have lots and lots of animals living in the oceans including dolphins who are airbreathers. And the largest animal in the world: whales. And yet if you were on a dry planet, you could never believe that. You see?

Next question. Sir:
“He saw that an animal lives on Mars, so he thinks when that was kept secret there must be more living beings up there.”

Exactly, genau. I mean just to tell you some of my background, before we go to lunch.

Any more questions first? First question, yes.
“I saw another interference after this animal, how could this happen?”

Very good observation. I would say they were shutting down the power on the whole ship. How much time do we have, by the way? How many? 5 minutes. OK. First I’ll tell you some of my background. I have two college, university degrees. But don’t go look them up, because the FBI has probably already taken them away. Tulane University New Orleans, Louisiana. One in mathematics and physics, and the other in civil engineering. Civil engineering: docks, airports, railroads, buildings. And then I had a graduate scholarship where they were paying me to go to Columbia University in New York on a NASA scholarship to be in a space structures organization, where we were supposed to build space-platforms and spaceships for the American government.

The only thing I couldn’t figure out: What happened to the next year students? They all disappeared. I only stayed for the first year and then I disappeared. I got out of it. ’Cause I couldn’t find anybody from the next year, they had all disappeared. I never knew why until I read the Alternative 3 book. They were taking them away, working somewhere else. And I was followed by the US Government after that.

They wanted to find out if I was a communist agent. And when they decided I wasn’t I then got the job as an engineer and was in charge of building 20 ICBM sites, Intercontinental Ballistic Missile sites. These were positioned in Colorado, Wyoming and Nebraska. Every 10 missile sites that’s “the minute man silos”, they call them “minute man silos”. They are 90 foot sunk into the ground (30 meters), and every 10 of them is controlled by an underground control center, like a small submarine sunk into the ground 30 feet down. And I built 20 of those and quit when I found out it might be a hostile act to mankind.

A good movie to see, to see how those things were – they finally have come out with it after 20 years, how they look – is Wargames. It’s about a little kid and a computer. He overrides the missile system. Well, in the beginning they show pictures of a little house on the surface and people walk in and they go down an elevator. Then they control the capsule down there with the buttons and all for the rockets. It’s right at the beginning of the film.

The other thing in that film which is accurate is the city inside the Iron Mountain down by Colorado Springs by the Airforce Academy. They show in there-big blast-doors with buildings inside on big springs. When I worked for the government on these missile sites, I saw the plans for that base and that’s exactly what they were like.

I worked on another project, which was to make a copy – sorry, storage building, to build a building. It was about a mile long and very big, just a warehouse to keep a copy of every American’s tax record and every American’s files. A copy from Washington was sent there to Colorado and then from there they were going to be put on a computer, and that computer was supposed to be inside the mountain in Colorado Springs.

And that was to be the computerized files on every American, blast proof, atomic bomb proof inside the mountain. All right. I worked on these projects, they were paying good money, they were real projects, and they were being done. And that was back in 1962, same year that they were taking passengers to Mars. So what you’re gonna hear in this afternoon, you’ll hear how far this has all gone since then. And why.

OK, so have a good lunch and thank you for coming.
 


This is part two of the UFO’s event

And in the first part you saw how it looked from inside a spaceship which the Americans tried to keep a secret from all of us for 30 years, and then you saw some pictures and videos of flying saucers that people have taken, but everybody says that’s not true.

Now to bring you a little more final reality before we go into the major part of what’s happening, I will now play you a tape, it’s only a few minutes long. And it will – it is reported to be the sound of a UFO and I want you to listen carefully. Remember we talked about the high electromagnetic frequency fields. If you listen carefully and be very quiet, we might hear some of the pulses in the recording. I will shake the stick when I hear them, ’cause I’ve heard it on earphones.

The actual ship sounds something like a small two-stroke engine climbing a hill. But you’ll see there’s something different about it, and it has pulses to it. Pulsation of high electromagnetic frequency. OK. This was recorded in The United States and it was also given at the Frankfurt UFO convention, so listen carefully. Be very quiet. I think you’ll get it.

You get that wi wi wi from the thing in the recording, if you buy a tape. All these UFO tapes have that on there as well as about 4 – 5 – 6 other UFO-type related incidents and things that cover what we’re talking about today on this tape. And I put my music into it to give it a sort of a musical background into it too.

But the… if you hear it on your high-fidelity at home or earphones, you will hear what I’m talking about even cleaner in there. There’s a high frequency sort of wi wi wi going on as this thing approaches. And it’s not, you Call tell from that, it’s not just a guy riding a two-stroke motorcycle up the hill, you know. OK, so now we’ve heard them and we’ve seen them and we’ve been inside them.

Now we’re gonna find out what they are doing here. First I must tell you there are more than one group of extra terrestrials interested in this planet. In the most their intentions are peaceful, and they want to develop relations with this planet, as would any other peoples on a friendly basis. Not to have atomic weapons, not to have biological and chemical weapons. And they are holding back, the friendly ones, except merely for observation, because as you all know the joke: Take me to your leader, a leader. And then if you ask the friendly ones they say: But you don’t have a leader. They are all fighting all the time. There’s no leader.

This planet has no leader. I have here a tape – a video made by three gentlemen, and one of them is called William Cooper. He is an ex-intelligence officer for the United States Navy, and his job was to brief high level officials over what was the American relationship with aliens, with people from outer space. It was all above top secret, you understand. And he has recently, last year I believe, decided that what he had been – well he’s retired now from the Navy. He decided that all of this secrecy was not in the best interests of his country.

Remember this I told you about earlier, before the meeting began, about these military people who decided that the secrecy that they were being made to agree to was not in the best interest of their country. Now he’s like one of those. He started talking about these things to inform not only his friends but also his congressmen and the people in the government. The thanks he got for that, he was tried to be assassinated twice. He lost one of his legs in one of the attempts and he’s had a severe wound in the head. But he’s still going. OK, sounds familiar? Yeah, OK.

Another one is a man named John Lear, and he is the son of the man who invented the Lear Jet, you know the private jets. All right, so he’s no flake He’s a millionaire himself, and he’s the guy in the picture with the blond, white hair, the white haired guy. Very nice suit. And the other is a man named Bill Hamilton, who’ll you see first. And we have somebody here who actually knows him personally and would like to just tell you about him for about a minute.

It’s Diane Marple from the US.

“I’ve known Bill for 8 or 10 years. He’s been a UFO investigator for 25 years. I’ve been to his house several times. He has a lot of data and a lot of which I’ll try to get him to send over here. So his viewpoint is more by the planetary and intergalactic scenario. And he started just investigating those things that led into those scenarios.

So he’s no longer talking to farmers that see UFO s. The thing that you are going to see on the tape here, the first mission he did on that was about four years ago, and what he’s telling you is a summary of everything that he found out. Because he doesn’t pass on information until he has got some verification on it.”

Thank you very much.

OK, this tape is in English, but we will stop it and give you translation every so often, but I want you to see how these people… this is at a, I believe it is a UFO meeting and this is where Cooper and Hamilton, and you also see a little bit of Lear in there, they are trying to convince everybody that this is really happening. And not just about UFO’s, but what they are doing here. And these are, shall we say, the unfriendly ones. OK, here we go.

He’s talking about a base, underground base in the vicinity of Dulce, New Mexico. He’s talking about his investigation in Dulce, meeting with a person called Gabe Valdez who was a local sheriff there. And he has seen many UFO’s in the area nearly every other night.

And there was many…, he has seen many cattle mutilations there, where they cut special pieces out of cattle for use in experiments, but very precise like with a laser-knife. You’ll find out more about this in the later part of the tape. One other thing he says. Gabe Valdez doesn’t live there anymore. Perhaps he’s been relocated, because he now lives in another town called Albuquerque, New Mexico.

The information he’s about to give comes from people who worked at the base. People who were kidnapped or abducted and taken there and then released, and people who helped to construct it, and people who were working with the intelligence community there. All right, go ahead.

The facility is a bio-genetics lab and is connected to Los Alamos that was the first site of the atom bombs experiments in New Mexico. It’s always been a high security research area for the US Government. He says there’s an underground connection by subway or tube shuttle to the Los Alamos. OK. The research there is about genetics and research into also other intelligent species and the comparison between human and alien biology.

He says that their research indicates centuries ago that the aliens that he’s going to talk about here entered into a contract with a secret group called the Illuminati. I think you have heard about these before: people that work in secret to control you mentally – one of the chief ones was Adam Weishaupt. Curiously enough he was the founder of the Illuminati, right over here in Germany. You all know the story of that.

Now he’s also saying at the end that the United States Government entered into a contract with the aliens in either the, I think the forties or fifties or maybe even a little earlier to exchange research with animals and humans, which animals and humans are given to the aliens, you understand, and they were… and the humans, the government will get back high technology in exchange.

Now that sounds… If you understand, at that time there was a Second World War that was going on. You might think well maybe they made the deal just to help win the war or some other good reason for it. But you’ll find out that its not a good deal when you find out what’s happening here. Now OK, let’s see.

In the end of the forties the alien operations shifted from where it was in the southern hemisphere in South America, where there were many stories of UFO’s in those days, to the United States west, because of this agreement that was made with the US Government, and that they wanted these underground bases and because of the magnetic and plasma effects of some of the minerals of the rocks in that area were vital for them. That fits in again with what we observed in the use of these saucers. They have to have something that produces a high electromagnetic energy field. So they need the raw materials for that, of course, to keep things going. OK, some more.

He says that these people who worked there told them that the aliens themselves regard themselves as an old people who lived on Earth, that they were crossbred from a human and reptilian species. This kind of face and sort of thin scaly looking bodies, but in actual fact that may… yes they may have been here before visiting and so on, but we actually know where they came from originally and we’ll go into that a little later.

But remember that the human beings had to be told something, and that even the aliens may be putting a scenario on to the United States Government, just as the US Government is putting a scenario on over the Alternative 3, just as the government is normally putting a scenario over on you and me. You see, so all of these things… just listen to it, but it can be that by the end of this you realize something more about it – the real truth. So the aliens have told the United States Government they are an old Earth-species, remember. OK, next.

They are telling the US Government, and this is what the people who worked there now tell him as an investigator, and they are saying that they are representatives of an alien nation – that’s closer to the truth. And that they’re returning to this planet to use it as a staging area, operations area, but they don’t tell you exactly what for. OK, next. They are saying, he’s saying also there are of course other alien cultures that are in conflict about whose purposes will be used, which is true. And he says that this has been carefully kept out of the press and out of the news of everybody since the 1940’ies. OK.

He says that is not the first alien base they built in Dulce, New Mexico. There are others in Colorado, Arizona, Nevada and others in the United States. And maybe others in the rest of the world too. Maybe in Antarctica and some other places, maybe right around here. Over there in Russia, over in the Pyrenees, upper Norway. We have found some very strange underground projects being done costing billions, but they give you a very small reason for this thing being built. They have some cover story for it. OK, go ahead.

He says that in 1947 the residents of Dulce, New Mexico saw many many troops going in and out of the area, many many trucks and construction equipment and that the signs on the trucks were from a lumber company in Colorado, but that when they checked no such company exists. So that’s another one of the indicators.

He’s talking about the construction of the bases. The Rand Corporation of America was involved in it. They had a tunnel boring machine that melts the rock and then makes a smooth wall out of it for high-speed shuttles to be put in. And that this is scientific knowledge, it’s been published. And he says that there are over 100 of these secret underground places that have been constructed and that one of them is on the back of the Moon, another on Mars. Interesting, ha? That’s the underground ones. That fits in with Alternative 3 as well. Now this is from the people who worked there, he’s reading the reports of those people. OK.

The man who wrote that report was a construction man. Just like I’ve told you some of the things I’ve worked on and heard about, he heard about a lot more than he was working on, and when he finished the construction part they asked him to work there. Except he didn’t, because they would have made him sign a contract which agreed that after the work is over he would agree to the chemical erasure of his memory. Sounds like they wanna keep the secrets. So he refused that. OK, go ahead.

He’s talking there about some of the other construction companies involved: Aerospace Companies and Bagtell Corporation, it’s… I used to work for them by the way. They were the ones who were building the big warehouse to put all the Americans’ files in, remember? He says that they are well connected with the CIA, and many employees o, the American government in high positions in the civil service either came from Bagtell or they retired to Bagtell. OK? And what did he say just there at the end? Was one other thing. Ah, back it up just a little bit.

He said that they are linked up with the Trilateral Commission. (I didn’t agree to the chemical erasure of my memories. I have this video, I can just look back and see what it was.) The Trilateral Commission, remember that? That is one of the secret, not secret, sort of advisory group, one of the Grey eminencies behind the government. You might find guys like Kissinger in there, and also the Illuminati.

He said they have connections to the Illuminati – the Trilateral. And what are the other guys? The Council on Foreign Relations, CFR. Now you might know the Council of Foreign Relation people in Europe as the Bilderbergers. The Grey eminencies that sort of sit there and decide what your country should do and tell your elected officials how they should do. You have the same problem over here. But it’s not quite the same anymore. OK, go ahead. OK.

He’s talking about the base now. I have drawn from the description you were hearing and you will hear. Somebody has a little bit of tape? A little bit of tape to put up the chart. Now this is what he’s about to describe to you – all right.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is exopolZJ02_01_small.jpg

Here’s the surface of the ground, and these are the mountains of New Mexico. There’s a little UFO coming in there – remember that picture you saw on the television – coming behind the mountain. They have probably entrance this or hangars inside from the mountain they go down to this landing area back here somewhere.

And this is an entire building built underground. It’s my conception of it from the description. I used to work on these projects, and I figured that he talked about at least 7 different levels, and there are about 30.000 aliens down there and probably 10.000 or so humans. So it’s actually very big. Now I’ve shown it – it’s not the scale, hut it probably goes way back and this is only half of it, so it comes way out this way as well.

Now you see here they have some kind of phony little house up here or some little structure that they claim is the US Agricultural Research Station, that’s what they did on the missile sites, and a little fence around there and it says: Warning! Agricultural Research Station. You went inside the house, you go down in an elevator and you come into the – in the intercontinental ballistic – you came to the control room. That’s all, just a big submarine in the ground. But here you would come into an entire building and from there are other elevators that can go, for security, only to those levels in the building. And I’ve labeled the floors here as to what he’s going to tell you what’s happening on these.

Security and Communications at 1 (see above image). There are over 3000 televisions and spy cameras around this. Human staff housing. Executive offices and laboratories for scientists and so on.

And 4: Mind control experiments on people – on people, not just by people but on people. And on 5 he talks about… 5 is the alien housing. And these little fellows here, these extra terrestrials, they call them the Grey’s, because their skin is sort of a Grey color. And then down here on 6 we have genetic experiments, genetic experiments.

And that is also a zoo.

They have the experiments, the results of the experiments in cages down there. And on level 7 they have cryogenic laboratories. That’s cold storage vats for the failed experiments. OK, down here I’ve drawn a sort of a power plant. It’s probably an atomic base, power plant or something. Probably deep water wells and things like that, and everything is self-contained, and probably some air vents up to the top that bring in fresh air. I’ve also shown you a shuttle to Los Alamos. And also another one over here that goes to another base probably in the next area.

Perhaps over there in Nevada where they call it Area 51 or Dreamland where they do the atomic bomb testing experiments. And Arnold Herman from Switzerland has many videos of that with these big buildings there that house a lot of people even on the ground, not even below ground. And why would they need so many people out there just to test a few bombs, you know? I tell you a lot of tax money goes into this. He says on the tape here that billions, billions of dollars were spent on these things.

And down here I put UFO’s, the implanter scenario. An implanter being a person who tries to control you mentally or by inserting things into your body to control you. Genetic manipulations, but all secret – all is secret.

Now here is the Trilateral insignia and.. oh yes, you’ll find this out from this article here. I said for the Andromedans, because this article here tells you that the-Grey aliens that the nations of the world have made an agreement with, including the USA, are from Andromeda.

That’s the next galaxy, come on. It’s true actually.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is exopolZJ02_01a.jpg

Now that’s their symbol. It’s a black triangle on a red background.

This is the US Government insignia given to them by the Illuminati, and that of course is the pyramid with the eye in it. You haven’t seen that before, look at a United States dollar bill, it’s right on the back. And this is the Dulce Base symbol. People that work here have this on their uniform. It’s the same trilateral upside down with a ’tau’ in it, the Greek letter ’tau’. Now ’tau’ could stand for Terra, which is the real name of this planet. If you look in a space logbook that’s Terra.

OK, so that means they are down here on the around. These guys are coming from Andromeda, they are an outer space connection and these are your Illuminati connection. OK? I just want you to know the symbols in case you ever see these on some strange trucks or cars or aircrafts going by. Here’s an American dollar. I don’t know if you can see it, but there’s a little…..

(The experiments are to change human beings genetically) so that they can work in dangerous environments such as radioactivity, outer space and maybe even under water. So they are actually doing large scale genetic experiments with human beings here. OK, next.

He’s saying that this has already been perfected to the degree that we already have, he talks about America, already has its disposable slave race. Clones, you understand. They bring them up from ba… from small fetus here, clone, and make many copies of the same thing. Yes, OK. And they don’t have any mummies and daddies, so the Government owns them.

Do they run around? Yeah – oh yeah. They’ve been seen. Adult human beings who look exactly alike, maybe 6 or 7 of them all together. There are maybe hundreds, but some people have seen 6 or 7 all exactly the same. And they worked in the military only. OK, some more.

He says at the start of this the American government was asking women to do experiments in genetics, you know if they were sterile or something they couldn’t have children. And then they would remove the fetus after 3 months, take it back to the lab here and grow it up in a controlled environment in the experiment. Now you understand, what they put into the womb of the woman may not have even been a human being. It may have been some cross between an alien and a human or 5 or 6 clones.

They just needed something to develop it for 3 months so they could then pick it up into their laboratory technology. OK, they found they hadn’t had the technology of how to start it off. OK, they had to have a real person to do it. We don’t know if that’s still true. They may be able to do it all the way in the lab, (don’t know). OK.

Defense Advanced Research Project Agency(DARPA). They are the ones that set up the mind control experiments to control humans and some of the products of their labs at a distance. And that is the final operation of what began here in these stories of the people who claimed – and actually if you read through this you’ll find that some of them had these transmitters taken out and photographed it even.

And had them X-rayed while they were still in their heads. These were the people they were experimenting on outside of the lab to see how they could control them in the society. In here they probably control all of them that way, but this is a very closed area and it’s very easy. You have radio transmitters there. Can be transmitted right through all the areas of the building. Out in the society it’s a little difficult.

If you read over one of these you’ll find the guy was followed from Canada to Finland and even to a place in the Middle East and he was still being monitored. And he found out that they actually would take over radio transmitting devices and follow him so that they could do it. It was a very important experiment. He couldn’t get rid of them. Anyway he tells the story. OK, next.

That’s what it’s called: Radio Hypnotic Intercerebral Control, RHIC. Radio, Hypnotic, Intercerebral, in the middle of the cerebral Control, RHIC. Intercerebral – inside the cerebral or in between the cerebral areas of the brain – Control. Apparently, when you radio transmit it you can actually hear the vibrations or the words or the thoughts coming through. That’s what they say, that’s what the witnesses say – the victims I should say. OK. And the other one.

The other one is what the guy was talking about when they asked him to sign the contract. It’s beyond the chemical erasure of memory. It’s called EDOM: Electronic Dissolution of Memory. All right.

So they have a chemical erasure of memory and an electronic one. I mean how do you like that for a “brave new world”? Nobody’s told you about this in the newspapers on the weekend, have they? That’s what they have developed here in America and I hope that your scientists in Europe are not that interested. Right.

OK, let’s go on.

“How did they get the people to give their OK to be implanted?”

They never did give their OK. They were in a hospital or in an old people’s home and they just did it. Some were done in a police station in Stockholm, Sweden. They’d give a guy a drug in his coffee in the jail and they’d stick one in so that they could keep track of the criminal. None of them gave permission. That’s why they are all upset about it. It was paid for, you know, by the experiments needed to be done. They’d give the hospital 500.000 dollars and say – We need 25 patients to do this on, and they say – Oh great, give us the money. That’s how they do it. No ethics involved in it at all. OK.

He’s saying there, which is also written in here, that this was done in the United States and he knows it was done in Russia and also in Sweden where Olof Palme gave permission in, when was it 74? 73 to insert brain transmitters into the heads from humans covertly without telling them.

And there are the stories of it. We have the stories right here. One Swedish story in there, a Finnish story and two other Swedes. OK.

He’s talking about the CIA, FBI, DEA alphabet soup of America. That is called in America “The Secret Government” with the CFR and the Trilateral people. And they are planning to stage a contact landing in the near future. See, they’ve kept it a secret so long, but now it’s starting to come up. Now they must stage or put a show on of these people actually coming and meeting them openly, you see what I mean? It’s just a show.

In the near future means within the next few years. This tape was made last summer and we know from other data, we have found out that we expect it by 1996 that they will have a contact landing with this their aliens and America, maybe even sooner. But also there’ll probably be another one this time, of another contact landing with some more friendly aliens. And maybe even a third one. There might be a whole alien scenario going on in the next 5 years, which everybody will be amazed about. OK, let’s go.

He’s telling you that some of their plans may be to stage an alien contact based on the fact they are having a war out in the galaxy somewhere, and by that time maybe it will be true. But it will be that they sort of “need our help”, you know, and “we’ve been secretly negotiating with them for years. We couldn’t let everybody know. It might scare everybody or the enemies might come and attack us.” Well all of that is gonna be bullshit. They won’t know what they are doing.

Next, he talks there only about this what we were saying about the genetic research. They say it’s the most important thing that humanity’s been working on for the last long time, you know. Taking a single human embryo, bringing it up in the laboratory to a full formed whatever and bringing it all the way through that in the laboratory, so they don’t need a woman anymore to do it. “And look at all the scientists,” he’s quoting here saying, “look at all the possibilities, they are endless!” you know. “We can create our own race.”

If this sounds familiar to you? A lot of you may have been in Germany for a while. Remember that all the files from the experimental camps in the experimental laboratories in Germany during the Third Reich were captured by the Americans. And I’m afraid to say – I’m not afraid to say, I will say it – but I’m sad to say being an American originally, abet now in exile, that the Americans are carrying on in that same implanter line.

Now I wanted the Germans to be the first people to know this, so I came to work in Germany, because I know you know already what that can do to your country and what can result from that. And you are finished with it. You already know. The Americans they don’t know and their government is doing it to them now. With many more billions of dollars of taxpayer money. OK… Yeah that’s right, they don’t have a leader. You don’t think George Bush is leading them, do you? So..
 

“If there’s also a spirit with the reproduced (body)?”

No, they won’t be able to do that, but they haven’t got to that exact phase here. What they try to do is keep the spirit suppressed. The thing with implanters, whenever you’re working with implanter scenarios, the whole idea is not let you even imagine that you’re a spirit. They try to make you think you can be controlled by all these genetic and mind control experiments and all of these things having to do with the body and with drugs and things.

Now that is always the way the implanters work. They always try to make you believe you are not even a spirit. And they got their idea from this about it from the experiments of the Russian Leizenko, the dogs. And what was the other one? Pavlov. The theory of “make the dog water his mouth and give him food”.

Or “how you control your baby kid with ice cream”. Oh no. Anyway there’ll be a day he doesn’t want the ice cream and he throws it at you and says, “No, I don’t want ice cream!” Then you’ll have to recognize he’s a spirit. Of course by that time he may be 21 years old and wants to marry the girl over there and you don’t want him to marry that girl, you see. He throws the ice cream down and says no. So ice cream doesn’t work forever, right?

He’s talking about one person that worked here on this level. He saw human-alien and human-animal combinations in cages alive. People or humans with wings, with many legs, with claws for hands or different webbed feet and so on. And cross between various species of animals in the experimental laboratories here and the zoo. And many of them could cry tears and ask for help in Earth language.

And they were told – as he is going to tell you know – they were told that these people, these were insane people and genetic freaks and told to the people who worked here: don’t talk to them. Of course before they let the guy out the top here they have to erase his memory. But some of them it didn’t work on and some of them had recalled it under hypnotism as you’ll find out later. Here’s level 6. (above image)
He says level 7 is even worse. Thousands of human experiments and embryonic humans and mixtures in cold storage or frozen down here.
 

“Why frozen?”

’Cause they died. They need them for experiments later on, or they went wrong. Ah, come on. Have you ever been to a medical laboratory in a university? I have. Anybody been to a university, medical centers? All along the halls there’s big jars with embryos and pieces of people and all sitting in there.

They keep them, you know, for students and things. You know, if you have a special enlarged heart, it’s not gonna get buried with your body. It’s gonna go into a medical bowl, you know, in formaldehyde and sit there in university. OK, you just go up there, you see that. It’s just habit of scientists and medical people, they keep all this stuff. That’s right, they need it for students and for learning and so on. OK.

He’s talking there about the ones who were crying out to them for help and so on, and he said that some of them were even drugged to keep them quiet. And that they were told never to talk to these people and at first they believed it. They first believed the people they worked for, OK? That these people were involved in high drug experiments to cure their insanity and all this. OK, go on.

There are over 18.000, I gave you the wrong figure, I said 30.000, but there’s 18.000 aliens at this space, and he said that they had a war or sort of a… the people who were humans who worked here, some finally realized that something really weird here is going on. And apparently they had a little revolt down underground here. And some humans and some aliens were killed, not “a paar”, but about 30 or 40 on each side I think. And the place was closed down for a little while, because the aliens had taken over the place. And finally the government negotiated with them again and decided to continue with business as usual. They didn’t want to lose the high technology, you see.

We have found already in a different line of research that some of the latest “inventions and discoveries” are actually not being invented or developed by Earth people. It was technology given to them by the aliens and then they had to do a little scenario to have an earth person invent it, so it could look like it came from here. OK? And some of that… I can tell you a couple of those inventions right now.

One of them is what they call fiber optics, what they are changing all your telephone lines to. They found the fiber optics first on a captured spaceship in 1958 I believe. 20-30 years later you see it coming as a new invention. Guess what?

Remember we told you about the high electromagnetic field when they change the altitude or the course or the speed of a ship. Well they can’t have electromagnetic control relay-circuits in the ship, they can’t have that, because it would be interfered with every time they did the controls. All the ships had fiber-optics control systems. It was optical, light, (beam). Different frequency, couldn’t be affected by electromagnetics. Now you’ll have it in your telephone systems soon. It wasn’t invented by Earth people. Although if you look in the book you’ll find some name of somebody who invented it in the… maybe Rand Research Corporation.

“In the “Spielmagazine” was an article last week about optical switches in computers which are possible but can’t be used yet.” Yes well, it’s coming. OK, next.

He’s talking there about that people who were killed here, they were from – mostly the ones who were killed, 66 humans were killed – most from the security forces called the Delta Group, because they have a badge like this. That’s also a delta upside down, delta. And they were responsible for the security here and now he’s gonna tell you a little bit about that.

OK, he’s talking about there what we’ve already told you. That the security forces wear this symbol and this one is seen on some of the saucers and transport craft of the aliens and this is seen on the pockets of the government officials, high government officials of America. And he says that the security weapon they use here is called a flash-gun, whatever that is. It may be a high wavelength frequency that blinds you or does something to the body. But it’s useful against humans and aliens, he says, so they use it here in agreement, in case anybody tries to get away. OK. Go ahead.

He’s talking there about the security system where they have scales at each of the doors to these elevators and they weigh you. And you have an ID card you put in a slot and it reads the weight there that you’re supposed to be. And it varies. If it’s 3 pounds over a hundred then the security system guys come in, the guards.

They have elevators here, he’s talking next, that were put together, but they are not conventional elevators and the earth people couldn’t understand how they worked. But when they put them together they did work. And the lighting system and elevator system are somehow run electromagnetically and it’s not a technology that’s from Earth. All right, it doesn’t have wires to it, something else. Next.

He says everything is magnetically controlled in here. No conventional lightbulbs, no conventional wires. The system was installed in the construction of the walls and floors and it worked afterwards, all electromagnetic. And so, that’s what they have here. OK.

Now he’s talking about the area around Dulce has suffered a high number of cattle mutilations and captured people who disappeared probably into some of these experiments. And they found out the aliens also need parts of the cattle for their own experiments and nutrients. They somehow absorb nutrients through their skin and they don’t have a functioning digestion system and they require large amounts of human blood. Sounds a bit like Dracula. Right. For their nutrient.

The aliens always required large amount of human beings for their experiments, their own experiments down here. And he’s talking about in the 4 decades, 50’ies, 60’ies, 70’ies, 80’ies, how they increased the amounts of humans they needed to capture or take away from different places. And how pretty soon it got out of hand although they had an agreement with the government that all they had to do was give the name and address of the person they took to the government so that they could explain it away.

You see, but after a while they were just taking them and pretty soon the government realized they didn’t have any defense against these people. There was nothing they could do about it. They couldn’t catch their flying saucers, they couldn’t match their weaponry, and they had to just keep going along with them.

All right, OK, next.
 

“Is there any information how old these bodies get? Of the aliens?”

Not here. But they apparently can die pretty easy. They don’t have a very long life but nothing miraculous. They actually make themselves in genetic laboratories. Yeah, and they just take the new body, the spirit takes a new body. They are like a herd animal, like they have.. like bees or something or like people who are controlled by implanters.

He’s talking there that the future could bring a whole transformation of humanity through genetics or a whole one world Fascist state. And he’s saying that there are two divisions of this in the Government or America. One group is having second thoughts and they want to tell the people what’s happening. Especially these people who work there and the army officers and the security people and they have some friends in the big government. And the others wanna keep covering it up as long as they are safe. OK, so let’s go on.

He’s talking about some research that’s going on in some other areas, and it’s mostly the same thing but with a whole lot of other names. But he says here on level 4 they are doing more experiments on how to control human beings, investigating aura research, mind control and the genetic control through injections or food particles or different ways, biological and genetic and chemical ways of controlling people and other mind control and hypnotic ways and so on to induce full control of humans.

All right, so this is where you’re having – the humans – how to control the humans out there outside of the base. And these are the ones where you are experimenting on what kinds of humans can they put out there that are already under control.

Now he’s talking about there, he says entering an era of ’technologicalization’ of psychic powers. Now that is just another word for implanting. Implanters always want to control people especially through their thoughts. They still want you to work, they still want you to consume, but they wanna control you. The easiest way is to make you think the way they want you to think.

Then you don’t see the chains. Some of the old control methods and some of the current ones. There’s a few other tricks, but that’s the main ones. Now what they’re trying to do is commercialize this in America and export it out and get the American public first, or maybe some other public of their friendly allies to accept it. And from that point you can start to control the whole world. All right – yeah, that’s right. Go ahead.

————————————————————————————————–

END OF VIDEO TAPE 1
Capt. Bill Robertson
“UFO Lecture 2”
1990

 


Transcript from video

He just went on to relate some stories that he had confirming the presence of UFO’s around these areas and other people he’s talked to.

And also he talked about seeing himself a couple of large ships around Area 51, which is an area like this but in Nevada that were travelling very slowly at 25 miles an hour = 40 km an hour, and also some small saucer shaped crafts that were accompanying them and landed on the ground and left burn-circles on the ground where they landed.

But in essence he’s going to show you how. We’re going to see a video, on the video of a program that was done in Las Vegas with John Lear and Cooper, Mr. Cooper. OK, go ahead. I think we do a better event than they do. It gets better.

This is Cooper (left image) here and that is John Lear (right image). This is the ex-naval intelligence guy, and this is the son of the Lear jet. Now what he’s going to tell you and which is running through ’cause he is just telling you how he used to brief the top level naval personnel, admirals and so on in the US Navy about UFO’s and aliens.

Essentially that the Americans had made deals with them. And we’ll just play that through. You can catch most of it. If there’s any new data I haven’t told you we’ll stop it, OK?

He’s saying there that the operations of the UFO’s and the arrangements with them are outside the control of the government, the elected government, sorry. Not the secret government: the CIA, FBI, Trilateral all that. OK?

And he says that it is conducted under secret department of the Navy. If you remember the project “Blue Book” in America? It was done by the Air Force. That was all a scenario. It was the Navy all the time that had the real information. They’ve traced the documents and the expenses for these bases and all to secret navy projects. And our friend Arnold Herman has gone out to the desert in California and found large naval bases out in the desert.

They have very tight security, and this is probably what was underneath then, one of these. See what I mean? So it’s the Navy that’s doing this. And he was intelligence in the Navy. He’s gonna tell now what he briefed the admirals and their reaction. And he said that of course they wouldn’t have been in those positions unless they would keep shut up about it.

We have… He also mentions here one of the secret, secret government branches. It’s called MJ 12. And they are the ones that directly are the brain trust, the Grey eminencies that decide on all alien-human questions. They were set up right after World War II by Truman, probably on the orders of Roosevelt. Now, also he says that a lot of the projects, when they couldn’t get enough money from Congress for the secret naval projects, they did it, the money, by the illegal sale of drugs to Americans.

You’ve heard people saying for many years that the CIA was involved in smuggling drugs into America, and that the Vietnamese war was fought to protect the Golden Triangle of drug operation in Cambodia. And you probably heard all these stories, hut you didn’t know where the money was going. Even that they were shipping back drugs to America in the bodies, sewn up in the bodies of dead soldiers in plastic bags, of course. The bodies probably went here and the drugs went to the Americans. But now we know where all those billions were going.

They were going into these kind of bases. They cost a lot of money to build. They now have over 6000 scientists hired just to work on these experiments, mind controls and genetics. OK? So that’s what we’re looking at. Go ahead.

OK. He’s talking about that this president, meaning George Bush, may have more involvement with these projects than any other president. Because he was also the deputy commander of the CIA before he came to office. And he was also involved apparently in these oil company, offshore oil company helping to smuggle drugs into America for the CIA. That’s what they are claiming from people who worked there. All right, go ahead. What he’s talking about now is…this is out on a site near one of these bases, Broom Lake in Nevada, and he’s saying that they just saw one of these UFO’s coming in to the base, just like we saw on that picture, remember the little one coming uuuhhhhh like that.

And unfortunately they didn’t show a picture of it here, it was a very bad recording. But they showed it on this television program, and after that the interviewer asked him, you know – Why didn’t we get a picture of it? And he tells him that he was looking through binoculars at it, hut somebody else was taking the picture.

But anyway he goes on like that. And then both of these men, John Lear and Bill Cooper, they both say that they are going to get out of this business, because nobody’s believing them, you see? Nobody’s believing them. They have all these documents from people who worked there and everything.

And Bill Cooper has written to congressmen, and nobody’s taking any notice.

“Like under Adolf Hitler. Everybody is afraid.”

Yeah that’s a good point. Everybody was afraid and here they are going – Ah, I don’t wanna believe it either, oh yeah, don’t wanna listen to that. So I tell you it’s a very terrible time in America with this starting to come up. Everybody pretending it’s not happening. ja¡. OK see.

They’re gonna have a very interesting thing here. It’ll come in just a minute about one of the presidents since Truman who was not a member of MJ 12, and when he heard about what they were doing he wanted to tell the American people immediately. And they killed him. Guess which president that was. Kennedy. Right. And they have a picture here of some previously unreleased camera of the assassination of Kennedy. And they’re saying that the reason he was killed was because he would not cooperate with this project, unless the American public was told exactly what was happening.

And in the picture you’ll see it’s actually the driver of the car (this is just an ad), actually turns around and shoots another bullet into Kennedy. His own bodyguard! That sounds familiar? How many world leaders have been killed by their own bodyguards recently? Ah… Indira Ghandi. Ja! President of Egypt, Saddat. President Kennedy. Let’s see. They’re gonna show this. Very interesting. First time it’s been seen.

He’s talking about the UFO, what it was doing. He’s talking about the man who told them where to go and take the pictures. It was a government scientist and after the day, they were caught out there by the security people. The government’s scientist was taken in custody and put a gun to his ear, and he briefed him on exactly why did he tell these guys to go out there. So they are not nice about this stuff.

You see these guys were on public land just outside the base saying they were there to photograph UFO’s, and they were still very much…. well they were hauled in by the police and by the military. So what are they hiding? This is about Kennedy. Kennedy wanted to tell the public about the saucers.

Here we go, here’s the tape. Watch this. They show it twice. There’s the car. They go back and show it in slow motion. Kennedy’s in this seat, the driver is here. This is the driver. You see his arm? Bump. Here’s the explosion of the gun. You see here his arm. It’s very hard to see. The guy’s looking like that. There’s the gun – the gun. Jacqueline Kennedy tries to get out of the car.

Jacqueline tries to get out of the car. So why try to get out of the car? Because she saw that the guy in the front seat had also turned around and gave a shot into the president. There’s another film that’s floating around, I’ve seen it on special television in France taken by another amateur. There’s another man with a rifle standing across shooting into the car like this. So that’s two other weapons other than the one they reported being fired from the building where Oswald was.

Now this is what, 25 years later, and these films are just starting to come out, because in the first few months after Kennedy was killed there were at least 14 other people killed, who had taken photographs at the parade. And they all died mysteriously. So nobody who had a film after that they wanted to show, oh. But now after 25 years those people are getting old, they are gonna die, and they have started trying to get them around. So now the truth is coming out. OK.

Now even more truth, that one of the real reasons he was assassinated was because of this scenario. There may be other reasons as well, but that was the main. Because that never came out full until now. I think that is finished. No, one more thing.

OK, he’s telling you there that they were wondering why nobody ever came forward with these stories, except for the one or two that came to them with their reports. And they found out that they were using this Project Orion Technique: That when you work in one of these bases you sign a contract agreeing to the erasure of your memory. And they believe it’s done with hypnotics, hypnotic drugs and a suggestion after you leave that you don’t remember what you did that day. And that after the whole job your contract is over they do a chemical erasure of your entire memory of the thing.

OK. Now that’s what they explain to this man, and then after this program the station was called by more telephone calls than they ever had in their whole history. You see? And that was Las Vegas, Nevada last summer. Now you’re gonna hear Bill Cooper, and he’s gonna tell you what happened to him. And I told you he’d been shot a couple of times, lost a leg and he’s got a head injury.

He is now…. He is telling you there how he lost his leg and his head has been shot, and how his wife and he cannot get a job in America anymore. The top people were put on the enemy’s list in America. And for the reason why? Because we know so much about spiritual things, we could be also exposing this. My goodness – we are doing it.

And this gentleman has also had the same experience. He says that he has known for 17 years that Americans were being killed in experiments of this kind and because of the agreements that the government, the secret government, made with the aliens. And finally he found it very hard to live with that knowledge. He tried to get it out, and that’s when he was attacked. We’re gonna take a break right after this, so be ready for your coffee.

He makes an important point here again, it’s not very long. Go ahead.

He’s telling people to go research this themselves. That the data on these groups – Trilateral people, the US Government, MJ 12 and the people who run the secret establishments – is available, if you research it enough in your library and your government records. So he’s asking people to go and look it up for themselves, so they will find out who is on the MJ 12 Committee. But you never see the names in the newspapers. And he wants them to get a reality for themselves.

He’s talking about George Bush now.

All the CIA Directors, all the Secretaries of State were all members of the Council on Foreign Relations and also the MJ 12, includes Kissinger. They are the people that rule the nation. He’s telling about George Bush was called upon by the committee to smuggle the drugs in through his offshore oil platforms in 1955. There are no customs on the oil platforms. It’s all for the alien projects. This secret government is killing America’s children with drugs. They have made agreements with the alien nation from another planet to rule the world.



He talks about some of the economic scenarios they are planning. That it’s mainly concerning with the debt problem that they really want to have there. Because they can make the United States’ currency almost worthless at any time they want. Bring everybody under control with the credit-cards and a mark on the forehead or the back of their hand, which is an old carrying through the scenario from the bible, which the aliens admitted that they had been around putting in information about 2000 years ago.

He says that President Truman was one of the first presidents to know about the aliens. We know that Roosevelt knew about them, though. And that they found a crashed saucer, one of these flying saucers near Roswell, New Mexico with dead aliens in it.

And then it had to be brought to his notice, and that’s when he set up the committee, probably on orders from Roosevelt, who had left orders that if this happened you must do this.

Yeah, don’t forget that Roosevelt was the one that cut up Germany and gave all those countries to Russia. He wasn’t a very nice guy either. He also dropped atomic bombs on human beings in a non-military scenario. Civilians.

Now he’s gonna tell you how many saucers they found, ’cause they were all coming for some reason into this area of New Mexico and… right in that area with Texas and New Mexico in America. He says there were over 47 crashed saucers in that area. 53: 10 more. 26 alien bodies recovered. Why? They don’t know. We do. You’ll find out.

Now he’s talking about the government law documents that were put out to deal with this alien question. And actually they set up the CIA with the purpose to actually handle the alien question as one of their main purposes. Also to carry on with the intelligence, overseas intelligence, that they inherited from the Office of Special Operations at the end of the war. And also he set up the MJ 12 Committee to oversee everything and be there all the time no matter who the president was.

 

“Is he still living?”

Who?

“This guy here?”

Cooper? Oh yes still alive. The last we know, it was only last summer. “He was alive in November.” Some very interesting data coming up here, just a minute.

Oh, the Jason Scholars were also the scientists who were involved in this, also associate members of the C of R. These are the documents and the names of the committee, which all means the same thing: MJ 12.

He says also that they later had a… during the Watergate, remember the Watergate flap in America? They were investigating the intelligence community and the president after Nixon, which was Ford, Ford yeah… He set up a committee to investigate the intelligence committee, and the chairman of the committee was a member of MJ 12: Nelson Rockefeller.

So of course he found everything….”Oh well, we just have to control them a little more,” and then they moved MJ 12 into the government to do that. So they used that flap to gain more control. So now the MJ 12 are officially advisors to the United States Government. Before they were unofficial. Now they are by law a special committee.

Now he’s telling in 55 Kissinger became the director of the study group for MJ 12. And they couldn’t tell anybody what they were studying. They were really studying this. But they told the newspapers that they were studying what Kissinger had written about in his college days, something about some political implications and this kind of thing, just bullshit. They just used a book that Kissinger had written in college. They said, we’re studying that.

 

“What did they really do?”

Handling the alien question all the time: more money, more bases, more experiments, how to get the money for it, all that. That’s what they were really doing. He says that was the cover, it was just about this book that Kissinger had written.

What Reagan did when he came into office, he hid the whole thing behind an executive border, and everybody went back to doing what they were doing before with the MJ 12 Committee under a new name and out of the view of the American public. And that was the deal he made to stay in office after they tried to kill him. Remember?

He says he doesn’t expect to live longer than one year. He says that you need to get off your butt and do something about this.

He’s trying to restore the Constitution and make it impossible for secret societies to run the United States again and restore the original laws of America. He says he’s not advocating revolution, but he said something must be done, or that a nation of free people is finished!

He says that they have the power now that they could come and take anyone with a saucer piloted by aliens or humans, ’cause the secret bases they’ve taught the American pilots to fly these things. And they could come and take anyone away, and no one would ask any questions. Anybody who tried to say anything would just be laughed at. They’d say, You’re just another UFO nut.

Now here’s the important part. He says there are good aliens. But to them we must look like the craziest people in the universe, because everybody on the planet is always killing each other. He says there hasn’t been 20 years without war in the last 2000 years.

He said that the aliens visited Edward’s Airforce Base, the good aliens, in 1954 and told president Eisenhower, who they met there, that they would give their help, if the Americans would destroy their atomic and nuclear weapons. And Eisenhower took this information to the MJ 12, who by the way most of them, Rockefeller and all, they make their fortunes about making atomic weapons and rockets, and so they refused to have anything to do with it. See? Go ahead.

They said that they would have to be invited to help. They would not force themselves upon Earth, ’cause then they would be just as bad as the Greys. So obviously that side knows about the Greys, and they know that they are of the implanter type. So who are these good guys? Well we’re gonna go into that right after the break and find out how the whole scenario fits up on the interplanetary and galactic and intergalactic level. That’ll be part III.

But now we have to go into the entire scenario of the planet and the galaxy and the intergalactic scenario. And we’ll begin with this chart here. Remember in the last part Mr. Cooper said there are good aliens. Nobody invited them in, because most of your governments are connected up already with aliens. We know that the United States is connected up with the implanters. These guys. That’s their real bodies. They also take Earth bodies.

A lot of aliens on this planet would not be different from anyone else. They may look like Nordic people from Norway or Sweden or they may look like small five foot high indians from South America. There are many alien cultures interested in this planet. But even the governments don’t know why.

But we do. OK, let’s start off.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is exopolZJ02_04_small.jpg

Here’s the Earth and here is… I drew Mars here in red, the Moon and Venus and the Sun.

So what have we got here? We’ve got… Well in the first film that I showed you, Alternative 3, you saw a base, implanter base on Mars. In Cooper’s lecture and Hamilton’s we talked, he talked about a base on the backside of the Moon. And in Alternative 3 they also talked about that. These are controlled by the implanters.

Now we also know that there are some very mysterious happenings in government security and secrecy about Antarctica, Antarctica. This has persisted even since the Third Reich. So there is something down there, and we suspect it is another base, just like the Dulce base. Maybe with more places for ships to land.

We know from our Australian friends there’s a place called “Pine Gap“, and it’s in the middle of Australia run by the Americans and the CIA. And nobody is allowed in there. We do know that they have a deep underground base there. A lot of Australians had to work on the project and they say most of it is underground. So we can assume there is a secret underground implanter base in Australia. “Pine Gap“. We know from the video here there are other bases in the United States and it says “West USA Underground Bases” here.
 

Now we also have, since you read Sector 9, or when you read Sector 9, you’ll know that the Marcabians and implanters were together at one time. And then came a thing called “The Free Zone Decree” and the exile of one of the chief implanters and that they split. They both want to control the world, but the implanters wanna do it with just what we were talking about.

And the Marcabians want to do it now with their specialties, which is administration, paperwork and money. Economic pressures. You’ll find out that it’s just as effective, except that it is a little bit nicer, because it doesn’t hurt you mentally, put something up your nose.

You’re merely controlled by economics, paperwork and what the newspapers write to you every day. So that’s another method of planetary control. And you can take the scenarios of paper and economics and so on, and you can control people with that. And you can take the things of doctors and medicine and drugs and biology and genetics and small radio transmitters in the brain. You can control people like that.

So there’s a third group, a real alternative 3, who control people through truth and freedom so they can control themselves. And that’s what we call The Free Zone. You have around Europe and in Australia and in South America and in the United States several of these places. Now in between all of these are the mass of humanity that are being tried to be controlled by all the other groups. And we know why. And we are the only ones that know why, ’cause they won’t tell you. Why?

Because! We now have to bring out another chart. And now we look at the intergalactic picture. Now you will be, besides in…., you’ll be the first to see this chart, because not even in Paris, I didn’t even have this chart.

So you’ll be the first to really understand what is happening. OK.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is exopolZJ02_05_small.jpg

We have here Galaxy 1. That’s the one we’re in.

Here is Sector O in the middle, Sector 9 down this way, and down here way down here we find here is Sun 12 – Teegeeack, right here. And we have here Earth right next to it. And then we have the Marcab Confederacy up here at the North Star, around the North Star, round Polaris. And then we have Betelgeuse. That’s in the constellation Orion. And then we have, what have we got here? Oh yeah.

This is just a representation that you would have in every sector. You would have a main ship patrolling that sector from the Galactic Patrol from this galaxy.

And they are dedicated to preserving civilizations with the maximum freedom for the individual. And obviously those good aliens that we were talking about were either friends of or members of the Galatic Patrol. They don’t believe in enforcing their will on anyone. So that is representative of the Central Government of this galaxy. Now the Marcabians used to be allied with those guys from Andromeda, which is the next galaxy over here, Galaxy 0.

Now that was in the past, and that’s why they had so much trouble in this sector. Now let’s look at where they are coming from. Here’s the Galaxy 0. Now why do we call it Galaxy 0, and why do we call this one 1?

Because if you look at all of life as being a game, the game actually started over here with beings coming in and starting life forms and so on like that. All right, and this is where the game got started. The first place it spread to was this galaxy. It’s the nearest one to that one.

Now, you will also notice that in 1950 Ron came along with some technology to free beings called Dianetics. Now he was doing a project which was to assist the freeing of beings. And he also had a lot of help from the Galactic Patrol and the people who are representing this galaxy’s citizens in Sector 0. There’s a little star sitting above the central core of the galaxy called The Pearl and Central is a planet that goes around it. It’s a very beautiful place. That’s where the Grand Council meets.

Now they were the ones that spotted with LRH’s help that the implanter connection with the Marcabians was what was ruining or messing up the help of Sector 9. And therefore they ordered the exile finally of the chief implanter. And he was taken back to Galaxy 0. That’s where he came from. Now this galaxy, although it was the start of the game, it was also the start of the implanting game.

When thetans begin to play a game, if there’s somebody who wants to interfere with that game, they can’t interfere unless there’s something there. So they have to wait until something gets there and then they try to mess it up. And that’s where you get almost the definition of a suppressive person. They have no power of their own. They can only exist on the power of others to create and to have a game.

So we have both of the starting points here and not everyone in the galaxy is bad. But a lot of them are grey. And the civilized greys, not the ones who are like a herd animal or a beehive…

By the way you’ll read in some of these articles that people who have talked with the Greys in these bases and research say that they cannot exist as individuals. They have to have this formation of superior rule all the time, the herd animal . And they refer to their senior back here as “The Keeper”.

That’s very interesting when we started researching Excalibur. We found that everyone contacted that had any implanter connections, had a phenomenon called “The Holder” . “The Keeper” and “The Holder” . It’s the same thing. We found researching Excalibur which I’ve never told you, because not all of you are on Excalibur, but I can tell now, because it’s out here in the open. And we didn’t want to say it . Because everybody would think that we were crazy that the top holders, the top keepers were in Andromeda. We knew that many years ago.


Now you have these articles that say implanters have come from Andromeda. At first they told everybody they only came from Betelgeuse, but I knew that they must have only come there because they have a water planet there, and they needed water and material for their sustenance and for their food and for their ships.

And we know that they were lying about this, and when I first heard about this United States-thing, somebody wrote me and said – Hey- did you know this is happening? And these guys are from Betelgeuse? I wrote him back and said – They are not from Betelgeuse, they are from Andromeda, even though that may be outside your reality that they came from so far away .

Later in November last year a friend found this article or got this article from a contact at the convention and you can read that little place:

“The aliens come from the constellation M 31 in Andromeda,” says Moser. “It’s not surprising, for this galaxy is the next to this one, but still it is incredible that they have found us.”

When I saw that I said – The cat is out of the bag. The lid is off. And that article is also saying they made agreements with 14 countries of this planet. All right, I said. That’s it. That’s what it is. That agrees with everything we were finding out. If we told people this they’d say – Ah, you’re crazy. Here it is in the newspaper coming out .
 

“Who has sent out this article?”

I don’t know. This guy in Florida brought it out from a guy in Australia who has a contact in the UN. I don’t know him.
 

“The article was in a small newspaper from Florida and was passed on at a press conference to an Austrian member of the Bilderbergers. It was told that he had sources in the UN and most likely it is Waldheim.”

There you are. So the lid is coming off. But we know already. But who would believe it? But I’m saying now you’ve got to understand what’s gonna happen in the next 10 years. Now this is what’s happening now.

Even in the ancient Egypt you will find, as Eric von Daniken did, examples of genetic experiments. Yes, genetic experiments in the tombs of Egypt. The bones together of men and animals, but they were in the same grave, the same sepulcher, casket. Yeah, and everyone else thought they had been mixed up, but Eric von Daniken saw that the casket was sealed. And he knew that the Egyptians weren’t that stupid. He said that was an experiment.

That is why they are getting the Americans to develop all these control methods. Why didn’t they just come and say – Look, we’re gonna blow you out of the sky, if you don’t give us all your land and your government and your technology and your weapons and your gold. They don’t want that!

They can’t have a game unless you are consuming and producing something. They just wanna control you. You see what I mean? That’s their game. That’s why they’re hiding underground using humans in experiments, giving their technology in exchange for teaching Americans how to control people better. And I might say the stupid Americans bought it, at least the MJ 12 Committee and the guys at the top.

And the people who want freedom like Cooper and the other people who talked here, they’re losing everything. But they are correct. They have the right and they have the truth. But you see what it’s doing to them. But as Cooper said in his lecture – If you don’t handle this, we must solve it some way or it’s all over. He’s talking about America, a little tiny place on this planet. But he’s saying the right thing and it applies to the whole game. All right.

So that is all happening. Our job is only to inform people correctly about their choices. So you have that information now. And this is the first step, first step on making this a world-wide project. For years you’ve heard nothing, or you’ve heard lies or scenarios or cover-ups. But now it’s time for the truth to come out, and it will come.

Now we don’t want it to come with big war or anything like that. There are very few people in MJ 12, very few people comparatively that work with the aliens compared to the number of people that if they found out all this data they would say – No, I don’t wanna work with you, forget it. Forget it!

So most people want a better game. They want to help people. They wanna help themselves and their family and all their dynamics. So we leave it to those points I told you: Let other people know, so that you can spread the data, so that you can study the data yourself. So you can go up the bridge yourself, restore your self determinism, free will. And that you may even want to get trained and help others.

You are in the forefront, the leading edge of the future of this planet. First because you now know what all the game is about, and you are in a position to do something about it. And if you do something about it all of these other scenarios will become powerless. You will have the decision.

This meeting here will decide what the relationship of individuals from this galaxy and this galaxy are. In other words it’s the first intergalactic cooperation in a long time. This could produce as I said earlier a third landing force in the 1990’ies. The good Greys and the people from Central or Sector 9.

Now we know that the implanters, the Marcabians and the, shall we say good people that want freedom from both galaxies are all rushing, are all hurrying to get this landing done at the right time without having panic or war or anything like that, but to put in their own viewpoint and bring the people of this planet to some kind of understanding.

Now we know that the implanters will push their own line to try and mess it up a little. They will all try to say they are right. But the implanters will do it in a strange way: They will give you the problem and then sell you the solution. That problem may be biological or genetic illness and only they have the cure, so you’d better vote for them. That’s the way they work. They give you the problem then they sell you the solution. They got you!

The Marcabians will say – Look how good you’re doing under this new administrative system of the one Europe that goes all the way to Russia. Except every year it’s a little harder to pay your taxes and live at the same time. Yeah. If you don’t believe me, go check the tourist places in Europe. They’re having trouble. They can’t understand why things are going better in Europe. How come there’s less tourists coming?

You can feel it under the surface. People do not have enough money each year. It is control coming slowly but surely on that administrative and economic line. The more government the more taxes. It’s going to come, it’s coming.

I know that everyone will see it in inflation or lessening buying power. But that is a minor problem, you still have your free will and you can vote. But if your governments start buying solutions from America to control people with drugs and genetics and “special treatments of the mind”, you haven’t got a chance. So that’s the game.

Now your handling, as I said before, is inform yourself, research it yourself, get up the bridge, get trained, let other people know, so that they can intelligently decide for themselves.

Actually the change of a whole society can be the change of just the idea. The Marcabians and implanters know this very well. If they can make you believe you are a sick body, everybody’s afraid to eat this or drink that or smoke that, they got you under control. You’re afraid not to send in a piece of paper, you’re afraid that your money’s not enough, they got you under control. See?

But if you know all this and you can spread the information around, because we have a video of this whole event, and it can be shown in Germany as many times as you need. You see? It’s in German as well. We can cause an idea that spreads and will change the entire civilization. Not the good things. That carries on. Just the interference, just the suppression.

Because people by hoping to get things better are giving their power to those who would suppress them. Because those people never tell you all the things they’re doing to suppress you. They keep secrets, and that is what you’re getting up against. They say it’s going to be better, but it’s not. You may think the borders are going to be open, but when you pull up they search your car. You may think that taxes are going down over here, but as the British found out they now put on the poll tax. A poll tax, a head tax, on the head.

Now, the power is with the individual. All the government people know that. All the implanters know that and they’re afraid of it. That’s why they have to convince you that they’re only acting in your best interest. But they don’t tell you everything, do they?

I told you more today than you probably found out in your newspapers in 20 years about why your planet is important and what is going on behind these scenes. You see? And I could only get it together in the last few years to see exactly how it all fit together. And have the evidence with which I could come here and say – Well yeah, we have some paper on that, we have pictures on this, we have here some charts and here is this, and we also have it confirmed from our sessions. But who’s going to listen to me, if I just came and said – Hey, I found out about this in session? Nobody.

What we’re actually saying here is that the technical project is a success. We have the proof of the technical project being a success, because what we found out there and handled turns out that it’s actually the real stuff that’s happening on the planet that nobody was talking about.

It wasn’t just hallucinations. It wasn’t just an idea. It was the truth. So you go up the bridge, you’ll find it out for yourself. But don’t believe that these other people on this planet know all of what I’m telling you here. They don’t. Not even those grey aliens know all. They just “vork on die orders” of the Keeper. You see what I mean?

And the Marcabians don’t know everything either. Oh, they think they do. But they only know what they have to do to keep their status. And that’s coming down from Marcab. At least they are not doing implanting anymore. But remember it’s not all that cleanly cut as I’m saying. You always have Marcabians who are working for the implanters and implanters that are infiltrating the Marcabians, and people that try to take us over and fail. And we are always going inside their lines and look and see what they are doing.

But basically you have all the truth here. And you have the decision, and you have now the data with which you can see what it’s doing and who is doing it.

So without the help of Ron and the beginning of the tech project we could not have done this. And what is the key to all this that he gave us? He didn’t just say – Here’s the tech project and one or two of you can do it, and maybe you go free. He set up a system where one person could help another. Now that is what differentiates a real games master from interference people and just take-over people.

You notice the implanters are not teaching anyone how to help anybody. You heard what they had down there on level 5 and 6 and 7. And the Marcabians are not here to help you, because they still want to maintain the control. They’ll let you have a little freedom as long as you conform. But they don’t teach you how to help each other, because if you could help each other you might grow big and expand and get free.

You might start your own company and make a better car than the Mercedes. Yeah. You see? So they ain’t gonna help you either. They will allow you to exist. And the implanters will also allow you to exist. But you won’t even know it. OK. So that is the game and that is the control measures and thanks to LRH we have the way out.

We never until this moment understood all of what he was saying and how wide it covers. It’s a whole intergalactic game and it has something to do with this planet. And now you are in possession of as much truth as we know about at the moment on the intergalactic scenario.

You know more than the leaders of your government. You know more than the MJ 12 Committee. If they’ve heard any rumors about this they’re afraid of it. And they can’t believe it. The implanters have told them We have all the power, we have all the technology, you know. But they don’t, you see? So you have now more truth and knowledge about what is happening on this planet than anyone else. What are you gonna do about it?

I think that you might all agree at this point that an idea can influence a whole civilization. And the idea of a free zone planet where everyone can choose for themselves, if they know all the data, I think you’ll agree that that’s a pretty good idea.

You know something? Because of the rules and regulations that have been laid down, decrees about this area, no one can stop you from doing that. They can try to interfere with you and all that. You might find it a little hard to get it done, but you’ll also find a lot of cooperation. Because people are tired of being lied to all the time. They really know deep down there is some truth somewhere.

So it would be a good idea to get this around on a proper gradient with perhaps the help of the video and so on like that. Invite your friends and so on. Make it into a big thing. And you’ll find that all of a sudden you know what that story in the newspaper means. You know when this comes. Oh yeah, I know about that, Yeah. See? You’re in a position of power on this datum. And one of the rules of power: Don’t disconnect. Use your connections to spread the power. OK?

Again I thank LRH for the opportunity and the chance to do this. And I thank all of you for being here, because you have in your hands now the key to the future. Use it well!

Thank you very much. OK. Thank you very much for coming.

UPDATE:

(1) http //www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_ironmountain0.htm

(2) http://www.amazon.com/Report-Iron-Mountain-Leonard-Lewin/dp/0979917638

(3) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Report_from_Iron_Mountain

(4) http://www.veteranstoday.com/2012/07/03/american-zombies/

(5) http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/07/05/secret-space-war-iii-marduk-lands-in-africa/

(6) http://www.veteranstoday.com/2012/05/11/the-intel-cowboys/comment-page-1/#comment-438423

(7) http://mikeharris.us/about/

(8) https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_detailpage&v=G89Jy6WqY4s

Return to Secret Space War

Posts of matilda-macelroy.com:

Aliens and planet Earth
Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.
AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.
Carbon dioxide and Health
If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.
Religions, The State/Media and humanity.
Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth
Ancient origin.
Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.
Reel
The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.
Two video’s, please click on link!
Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Something is wrong.
NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?
Cabal or deep State& Alien connection. Stranger science fiction.
‘The world’s gone mad!’
A conspiracy against god and man! 
Slavery, Power/Greed! 
Humans reduced to a commodity! 
Can the West still turn the tide of tyranny? 
Conspiracy and the coming witch hunt. 

https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp/2023/05/26/get-ready-the-alien-intervention-is-here/

Synthetic Sex Identities (SSI)

The Billionaire Family Pushing Synthetic Sex Identities (SSI)

The wealthy, powerful, and sometimes very weird Pritzker cousins have set their sights on a new God-like goal: using gender ideology to remake human biology

BY

JENNIFER BILEK

JUNE 14, 2022

Photo illustration: Tablet Magazine; original photos: Vince Talotta/Toronto Star via Getty Images; E. Jason Wambsgans/Chicago Tribune/Tribune News Service via Getty Image

Philanthropist Jennifer Pritzker, at left, and Illinois Gov. J.B. PritzkerPHOTO ILLUSTRATION: TABLET MAGAZINE; ORIGINAL PHOTOS: VINCE TALOTTA/TORONTO STAR VIA GETTY IMAGES; E. JASON WAMBSGANS/CHICAGO TRIBUNE/TRIBUNE NEWS SERVICE VIA GETTY IMAGE

One of the most powerful yet unremarked-upon drivers of our current wars over definitions of gender is a concerted push by members of one of the richest families in the United States to transition Americans from a dimorphic definition of sex to the broad acceptance and propagation of synthetic sex identities (SSI). Over the past decade, the Pritzkers of Illinois, who helped put Barack Obama in the White House and include among their number former U.S. Secretary of Commerce Penny Pritzker, current Illinois Gov. J.B. Pritzker, and philanthropist Jennifer Pritzker, appear to have used a family philanthropic apparatus to drive an ideology and practice of disembodiment into our medical, legal, cultural, and educational institutions.

I first wrote about the Pritzkers, whose fortune originated in the Hyatt hotel chain, and their philanthropy directed toward normalizing what people call “transgenderism” in 2018. I have since stopped using the word “transgenderism” as it has no clear boundaries, which makes it useless for communication, and have instead opted for the term SSI, which more clearly defines what some of the Pritzkers and their allies are funding—even as it ignores the biological reality of “male” and “female” and “gay” and “straight.”

The creation and normalization of SSI speaks much more directly to what is happening in American culture, and elsewhere, under an umbrella of human rights. With the introduction of SSI, the current incarnation of the LGBTQ+ network—as distinct from the prior movement that fought for equal rights for gay and lesbian Americans, and which ended in 2020 with Bostock v. Clayton County, finding that LGBTQ+ is a protected class for discrimination purposes—is working closely with the techno-medical complex, big banks, international law firms, pharma giants, and corporate power to solidify the idea that humans are not a sexually dimorphic species—which contradicts reality and the fundamental premises not only of “traditional” religions but of the gay and lesbian civil rights movements and much of the feminist movement, for which sexual dimorphism and resulting gender differences are foundational premises.

Through investments in the techno-medical complex, where new highly medicalized sex identities are being conjured, Pritzkers and other elite donors are attempting to normalize the idea that human reproductive sex exists on a spectrum. These investments go toward creating new SSI using surgeries and drugs, and by instituting rapid language reforms to prop up these new identities and induce institutions and individuals to normalize them. In 2018, for example, at the Ronald Reagan Medical Center at the University of California Los Angeles (where the Pritzkers are major donors and hold various titles), the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology advertised several options for young females who think they can be men to have their reproductive organs removed, a procedure termed “gender-affirming care.”

The Pritzkers became the first American family to have a medical school bear its name in recognition of a private donation when it gave $12 million to the University of Chicago School of Medicine in 1968. In June 2002, the family announced an additional gift of $30 million to be invested in the University of Chicago’s Biological Sciences Division and School of Medicine. These investments provided the family with a bridgehead into the world of academic medicine, which it has since expanded in pursuit of a well-defined agenda centered around SSI. Also in 2002, Jennifer Pritzker founded the Tawani Foundation, which has since provided funding to Howard Brown Health and Rush Memorial Medical Center in Chicago, the University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences Foundation Fund, and the University of Minnesota’s Institute for Sexual and Gender Health, all of which provide some version of “gender care.” In the case of the latter, “clients” include “gender creative children as well as transgender and gender non-conforming adolescents …”

In 2012, J.B. Pritzker and his wife, M.K. Pritzker, worked with The Bridgespan Group—a management consultant to nonprofits and philanthropists—to develop a long-term strategy for the J.B and M.K. Pritzker Family Foundation. Their work together included conducting research on developments in the field of early childhood education, to which the foundation committed $25 million.

Ever since, a motivating and driving force behind the Pritzkers’ familywide commitment to SSI has been J.B.’s cousin Jennifer (born James) Pritzker—a retired lieutenant colonel in the Illinois Army National Guard and the father of three children. In 2013, around the time gender ideology reached the level of mainstream American culture, Jennifer Pritzker announced a transition to womanhood. Since then, Pritzker has used the Tawani Foundation to help fund various institutions that support the concept of a spectrum of human sexes, including the Human Rights Campaign Foundation, the Williams Institute UCLA School of Law, the National Center for Transgender Equality, the Transgender Legal Defense and Education Fund, the American Civil Liberties Union, the Palm Military Center, the World Professional Association of Transgender Health (WPATH), and many others. Tawani Enterprises, the private investment counterpart to the philanthropic foundation, invests in and partners with Squadron Capital LLC, a Chicago-based private investment vehicle that acquires a number of medical device companies that manufacture instruments, implants, cutting tools, and injection molded plastic products for use in surgeries. As in the case of Jon Stryker, founder of the LGBT mega-NGO Arcus Foundation, it is hard to avoid the impression of complementarity between Jennifer Pritzker’s for-profit medical investments and philanthropic support for SSI.

Pritzker also helps fund the University of Minnesota National Center for Gender Spectrum Health, which claims “the gender spectrum is inclusive of the wide array of gender identities beyond binary definitions of gender—inclusive of cisgender and transgender identities, gender queer, and nonbinary identities as a normal part of the natural expression of gender. Gender spectrum health is the healthy, affirmed, positive development of a gender identity and expression that is congruent with the individual’s sense of self.” The university, where Pritzker has served on the Leadership Council for the Program in Human Sexuality, provides “young adult gender services” in the medical school’s Institute for Sexual and Gender Health.

Pritzker’s philanthropy is also active in Canada, where Jennifer has helped fund the University of Toronto’s Bonham Centre for Sexual Diversity Studies, a teaching institution invested in the deconstruction of human sex. An instructor in the Bonham Centre and the curator of its Sexual Representation Collection—“Canada’s largest archival collection of pornography”—is transgender studies professor Nicholas Matte, who denies categorically that sexual dimorphism exists. Pritzker also created the first chair in transgender studies at the University of Victoria in British Columbia. The current chair, Aaron Devor, founded an annual conference called Moving Trans History Forward, whose keynote speaker in 2016 was the renowned transhumanist, Martine Rothblatt, who was mentored by the transhumanist Ray Kurzweil of Google. Rothblatt lectured there on the value of creating an organization such as WPATH to serve “tech transgenders” in the cultivation of “tech transhumanists.” (Rothblatt’s ideology of disembodiment and technological religion seems to be having nearly as much influence on American culture as Sirius satellite radio, which Rothblatt co-founded.) Rothblatt is an integral presence at Out Leadership, a business networking arm of the LGBTQ+ movement, and appears to believe that “we are making God as we are implementing technology that is ever more all-knowing, ever-present, all-powerful, and beneficent.”

We are making God as we are implementing technology that is ever more all-knowing, ever-present, all-powerful, and beneficent.Share

→︎TwitterFacebookEmailPrintLink

Copied link

For-profit medical corporations and nonprofit institutions that intersect with the goliath LGBT NGO infrastructure, many of which receive Pritzker funding, have created a political scaffolding to engineer the institutionalization of SSI ideology and medical practice in the United States—solidifying the concept of people being born in wrongly sexed bodies or wrongly being born in sexed bodies at all. At least two clinics in California are now providing nonbinary surgeries and nullification surgeries for individuals who feel both male and female, or like neither.

The Gender Multispeciality Service (GeMS) at Boston Children’s Hospital, “the first major program in the U.S. to focus on gender-diverse and transgender adolescents,” was founded in 2007. “Since that time,” says the GeMS website, “we have expanded our program to welcome patients from ages 3 to 25.” The first such clinic for children in the Midwest, the Gender & Sex Development Program at Lurie Children’s Hospital, opened in Chicago in 2013 with a $500,000-$1 million gift pledge from Pritzker. (The husband of Jean “Gigi” Pritzker, another cousin, sits on Lurie’s board of directors.) The Gender Mapping Project estimates that there are now thousands of similar “gender clinics” around the world, and over 400 that offer to medically manipulate the sex of children.

Like Stryker’s Arcus Foundation, the Pritzkers have forged a close relationship with the psychiatric establishment. The Pritzker Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Health at Lurie was launched with a $15 million gift from the Pritzker Foundation in 2019, and received another $6.45 million in 2022 to address “concerns about mental health consequences for children and adolescents arising from the COVID pandemic.” Illinois Gov. J.B. Pritzker, Jennifer’s cousin, signed into law SB 2085, Coverage of the Psychiatric Collaborative Care Model (CoCM)—the American Psychiatric Association’s model legislation requiring private insurers and Medicaid in Illinois to cover CPT codes for CoCM, which “requires a primary care (or other) physician or clinician to lead a team that includes a behavioral health care manager who checks in with patients at least once a month and an off-site psychiatric consultant who regularly reviews patients’ progress and offers advice.”

Jeanne Pritzker, married to J.B.’s brother Anthony, who is Jennifer’s cousin, is a training psychologist at UCLA where she and her husband established the Anthony and Jeanne Pritzker Family Scholarship to support medical students at UCLA’s David Geffen School of Medicine. Mrs. Pritzker is a member of the Board of Visitors at the Geffen School, which is affiliated with a children’s hospital named after Mattel—the multinational toy company that debuted a “transgender Barbie” recently made in the likeness of the actor Laverne Cox.

On June 30, 2019, Gov. Pritzker issued Executive Order 19-11, titled Strengthening Our Commitment to Affirming and Inclusive Schools, to welcome and support children with manufactured sex identities. A task force was established to outline statewide criteria for schools and teachers that recommended districts amend their school board policies “to strengthen protections for transgender, nonbinary, and gender nonconforming students.”

In August 2021, Gov. Pritzker signed into law a new sex education bill for all public schools in Illinois, the first of its kind designed in accordance with the second edition of the National Sex Education Standards (NSES) to update sex ed curricula in K-12 schools. Bill SB0 818 will be implemented on or before Aug. 1, 2022. Though the bill includes a written opt-out for parents (but not an alternative if they do opt-out), many are concerned with the material being brought into children’s schools under the auspices of teaching them sexual health—namely gender identity ideology and other related material.

FROM THE NATIONAL SEX EDUCATION STANDARDS

FROM THE NATIONAL SEX EDUCATION STANDARDS

FROM THE NATIONAL SEX EDUCATION STANDARDS

FROM THE NATIONAL SEX EDUCATION STANDARDS

The NSES manual was crafted by The Future of Sex Education Initiative (FoSE) and funded by the Grove Foundation, which in turn has also worked with the David and Lucile Packard Foundation (of Hewlett-Packard fortune) and Ford Foundation to institute Working to Institutionalize Sex Education (WISE)—“A national initiative that supports school districts in implementing sex education”—throughout the country. The Bridgespan Group, which assisted the Pritzkers with their philanthropic trajectory in 2012, was retained by the Packard Foundation to review its collaborative efforts across its investment portfolio and to report on a series of case studies, including the WISE initiative.

FoSE is a collaboration between three other organizations: The Sexuality Information and Education Council of the United States (Siecus), “a national, nonprofit organization dedicated to affirming that sexuality is a natural and healthy part of life”; Advocates for Youth, “partnering with youth leaders, adult allies, and youth-serving organizations to advocate for policies and champion programs that recognize young people’s rights to honest sexual health information”; and Answer, “which provides and promotes unfettered access to comprehensive sexuality education for young people.” Each of these is also funded by the Grove Foundation, whose fortune comes from the now-deceased Andrew Grove, former CEO of Intel Corporation.

FoSE has created a “scaffolding approach” to teaching kids about sex in public schools and teaching them very young. Its credo is that “not only are younger children able to discuss sexuality-related issues but that the early grades may, in fact, be the best time to introduce topics related to sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, gender equality, and social justice related to the LGBTQ community before hetero- and cisnormative values and assumptions become more deeply ingrained and less mutable.”

Critics of the NSES standards created by the FoSE collaborative and now being implemented in Illinois under Gov. Pritzker may have concerns about a 72-page manual in which the term “anal sex” comes up 10 times and the word “intimacy” only half as often. The word “gender,” for what it’s worth, is used 270 times.

While many Americans are still trying to understand why women are being erased in language and law, and why children are being taught they can choose their sex, the Pritzker cousins and others may be well on their way to engineering a new way to be human. But what could possibly explain the abrupt drive of wealthy elites to deconstruct who and what we are and to manipulate children’s sex characteristics in clinics now spanning the globe while claiming new rights for those being deconstructed? Perhaps it is profit. Perhaps it is the pleasure of seeing one’s own personal obsessions writ large. Perhaps it is the human temptation to play God. No matter what the answer is, it seems clear that SSI will be an enduring part of America’s future.

Jennifer Bilek is an investigative journalist living in New York City. She writes at The 11th Hour Blog and tweets @bjportraits.

GOP Gov Nixes Woke Trans Rules: No More Forced Pronouns and Bathroom Madness in Schools

 by Selwyn Duke September 18, 2022

 Facebook  Twitter  Linkedin  Email  Print  PDF

GOP Gov Nixes Woke Trans Rules: No More Forced Pronouns and Bathroom Madness in Schools
ChiccoDodiFC/iStock/Getty Images Plus

Anyone who thinks Republicans and Democrats are essentially the same ought to consider what just happened in Virginia. Reversing the policies of his radical leftist Democratic predecessor, Republican Governor Glenn Youngkin has restored some sex-oriented normalcy in the Old Dominion state:

No longer must schoolgirls worry about boys claiming to be female displaying their private parts in the lasses’ restrooms or locker rooms (as happened with University of Pennsylvania swimmer Will Thomas). Nor will teachers and students be forced to use “others’” pronouns (e.g., ze, zir, zem), which makes sense since people don’t have pronouns — languages do.

The Daily Mail summarizes the story:

  • The Virginia School board reversed woke policies in a new model that requires Trans students to use restrooms matching their birth certificate
  • Gov. Glenn Youngkin enacted new policies after his Democrat predecessor allowed students to choose which restrooms to use based on gender identity
  • Teachers are also not required to enforce gender pronouns in the classroom…
  • The new policies “reflect the Department’s confidence in parents to prudently exercise their fundamental right under the Fourteenth Amendment and the Virginia Constitution to direct the upbringing, education, and control of their children,” the guidelines state

For the uninitiated (innocent?), know that the now-overturned policies, instituted by ex-governor Ralph Northam, were so extreme that all a student needed to do was claim he was the opposite sex and he’d be thus treated. In other words, a boy could look like a boy, dress like a boy, be built like Mike Tyson — and not even be taking puberty blockers or cross-sex hormones — and his school would’ve had to give him access to females’ private spaces and sports teams based on his claim of girlhood alone.

Note as well that this is the MUSS (Made-up Sexual Status, aka “transgender”) agenda norm, embraced in liberal areas the Western-world over. In Britain not long ago, for example, it was reported that a 14-year-old autistic boy had the riot act read to him by the police because he innocently told a girl — who dressed, wore her hair, and looked like a girl — “No, you’re a girl.”

Northam’s policies also constituted an attack on parental rights. Reporting on this in January of last year, LifeSite wrote of the 2021 rules:

Staff and children are encouraged to actively hide information from the student’s parents. “Regardless of the circumstances, the school should support the student’s need for privacy and not disclose a student’s gender identity to other students or parents,” the policy states.

Further than this, schools are to assist students when they “may not want their parents to know about their transgender status,” and thus there are “no regulations requiring school staff to notify a parent or guardian of a student’s request to affirm their gender identity, and school staff should work with students to help them share the information with their family when they are ready to do so.”

In fact, a student’s “transgender status” is treated as “particularly sensitive information,” which parents are deemed to have less of a right to know than officials in the school: “[S]chool staff should treat a student’s transgender status as being particularly sensitive information that should not be shared even internally among school personnel except to those with a legitimate educational interest or need to know.”

If the family does not approve of a student identifying as a different gender, a climate of opposition is swiftly established, wherein schools have to “determine whether to respect the student’s request” or to respect the parents’ wishes. The staff are further ordered to “support the safety and welfare of transgender students when their families are not affirming,” consequently alienating the families from the children.

The rejection of the parental and family rights in the matter is taken further, as school staff are instructed to “report” any “concerns to Child Protective Services.”…

But this is now history (unless and until another radical leftist Democrat is elected). The Virginia Department of Education “‘hereby withdraws the 2021 Model Policies, which shall have no further force and effect, and hereby provides these 2022 Model Policies, which are effective immediately,’ the new policy reads,” the Mail also tells us. Moreover and as mentioned earlier, Youngkin’s policy recognizes parents’ right to “direct the upbringing, education, and control of their children.”

This is no small matter. A child’s “decision” to masquerade as the opposite sex is a choice likely more staggering than drug use (and it often leads to drug use; e.g., taking puberty blockers). What’s more, if a youth truly has “gender dysphoria” — the strong and persistent sense he’s “stuck” in the body of the “wrong” sex — it’s a serious psychological (spiritual?) problem that parents must be apprised of so that they can, hopefully, provide proper guidance. For schools to enable such mental illness is reprehensible.

This is especially true since it can perhaps exacerbate the problem and in the future lead to the bodily mutilation euphemistically known as “gender reassignment surgery.” In turn, this can lead to MUSS-mutilation regret — a common phenomenon — and increase the chances of suicide.

As former “transsexual” Alan Finch put it in 2004, “You fundamentally can’t change sex…. Transsexualism was invented by psychiatrists.” What’s more, “Lies have short legs,” the saying goes, and, at the end of the day, living a lie always ends badly.

Thus are “educators” who enable the MUSS lie mind-molesting child abusers — who belong nowhere near kids.

Ireland

Jailed teacher says he’d ‘rather stay in prison for 100 years’ than comply with school’s transgender rules

transgender – zoekresultaten | Facebook Play Video

A teacher suspended for refusing to use gender-neutral pronouns has said he would rather stay in prison for a century than compromise his beliefs

Tom Evans

PUBLISHED Thursday 08 September 2022 – 08:22

Evangelical Christian Enoch Burke was jailed for contempt of court on Monday after breaching the injunction not to go to or try to teach at Wilson’s Hospital School in Co Westmeath, Ireland.

A disciplinary process started when Burke refused to refer to a transgender student as “they”.

He publicly confronted the school’s principal at a church service and dinner to mark the school’s 260th anniversary in June, hitting out at its transgender policy.

But after he was suspended, he would still attend “meetings” or sit in an empty classroom saying he was ready to teach.

This week, Burke was arrested after turning up “to work”.

Evangelical Christian Enoch Burke was jailed for contempt of court on Monday
Evangelical Christian Enoch Burke was jailed for contempt of court on Monday
Enoch Burke said he would 'not obey man'
Enoch Burke said he would ‘not obey man’

In a hearing on Wednesday, the history and German teacher told the court he would not comply to the school’s transgender policy even if he had to remain in prison for “every hour of every day for the next 100 years”.

Representing himself, he said transgenderism is contrary to scripture, and that he would “only obey God,” and “not obey man”.

Burke was returned to Mountjoy Prison to spend a third night in jail and was ordered to pay the school’s legal costs, which has suspended him on full pay.

Welsh Rugby Union becomes latest governing body to ban trans women from competing in female category

Welsh Rugby Union becomes latest governing body to ban trans women from competing in female category

He has been told he can be freed simply by signalling his intention to abide by the injunction, which the Church of Ireland school took out to prevent disruption at the beginning of the school term.

Mr Justice Max Barrett, ruled that the injunction should remain in place until a High Court decision.

He said the court’s decision was about the terms of the injunction and Burke’s suspension – not his religious beliefs.

Burke had earlier claimed he was before the courts over his refusal to comply with what he said was his unlawful suspension.

He claimed he was denied his constitutional rights to religious freedom over the direction by the school to address one of its students by a different pronoun.

Burke argued that agreeing to comply with the suspension would amount to agreeing with transgenderism.

Burke was returned to Mountjoy Prison to spend a third night in jail
Burke was returned to Mountjoy Prison to spend a third night in jail

He claimed the disciplinary procedures against him were flawed and described any allegation of gross misconduct against him as “ludicrous”.

Burke said the student at the centre of the request was not in any of his classes, nor had he had any direct dealings with the pupil.

The school said it is focusing on the needs and welfare of its students and is affirming its policy in accordance with the 2000 Equal Status Act of not discriminating against any student.

The school said it has acknowledged Burke’s religious beliefs but expects him to communicate with the student in accordance with the student’s wishes.

The school says that, despite his suspension, Burke has not been sanctioned and no finding has been made against him.

The next stage of the school’s disciplinary process is due to take place later this month.

Links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reel

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

Cabal or deep State& Alien connection. Stranger science fiction.

Politico

There were a number of red flags alongside the Covid trajectory!

First the information provided.

Treatment or better the lack of it no early treatment and refusal/suppression of already available medication like ivermectin and others.

High degree of coordination worldwide by certain Countries and implementation by dictate. The normal procedures/rules cast aside. Behind all but keeping out of sight are the big banks who where very present in the beginning offering cheap loans under certain conditions. Like the world bank, IMF, Central reserve just name them. Using the so-called special drawing rights, (for you and me money created from thin air) and our kids are going too have to pay or otherwise become their slaves.

Well known are many of the conditions but not all like shutdown, isolation of people and lock-up, increasing security, centralized registration, no early treatment, no engineered or existing drugs.

Changes to existing laws and limiting individual rights, preparing for the digital prison/surveillance needed to be implement as part of a step-by-step introduction at a later stage. With it came and still in use the Introduction of a forceful censorship/control of be information using private companies, the so-called big Media.

The mostly by now controlled NWO/WEF nation States went along burning these at that time cheap loans like candy, needed to isolate humanity/de-humanize without creating suspicion.

Before you can get any important public function not just worldwide but especially in the West it has to be vetted by The Freemasons/WNO.

The plan from what I do understand now is that the Cabal is setting the G7 against the BRIC countries but also control both through loans. The BRIC to be victorious and the G7 reduced to junk. They call it the end of colonialism and makes the BRIC countries proud.

Not realizing that they are controlled by the money lenders as much as the West, but the winner takes all including the gone missing money paid into the pension funds in the West.

The Politicians in the West who have already signed on to Free and WEF/NWO membership and embraced their agenda are more than 50%. Every currant politician involved in the Ukraine conflict is or has been a prominent member of the WEF. No exceptions as are all current EU leaders.

Independent thoughts Subscribe

Continue reading

POLITICO: How Bill Gates Took Over the Covid Pandemic

Bill Gates took over Covid just like he took over Operating Systems

Igor Chudov

An amazing article from the least expected, mainstream source: The Politico.

The title of the article was apparently edited in a hurry post-publication because Google News still lists it as “How Bill Gates and his partners took over the global Covid response”. Here’s the archive link to the original article with “Bill Gates” in the title — proving it was later edited in a hurry.

Even the article URL lists Bill Gates:

https://www.politico.com/news/2022/09/14/global-covid-pandemic-response-bill-gates-partners-00053969

The article would be fascinating to read for people who were not previously aware of what most of us knew already — that the so-called “pandemic response” and global health are taken over by unaccountable private interest groups serving Bill Gates.

I highly recommend that you take a look!

The story given by the article is incomplete but very interesting.

It mentions that the pandemic response was taken over by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, GAVI, CEPI, and the Wellcome Trust. All four organizations pretend to be independent, but all were financed by Bill Gates.

They participated in Event 201, planning out the pandemic, in October 2019.

“What makes Bill Gates qualified to be giving advice and advising the U.S. government on where they should be putting the tremendous resources?” asked Kate Elder, senior vaccines policy adviser for the Doctors Without Borders’ Access Campaign.

Several important items are glaringly missing from the article:

  • Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, along with the US government (Avril Haines representing the US intelligence community) and China CDC, planned out the pandemic in October of 2019 by means of an “exercise” called Event 201.
  • Sars-Cov-2 is lab engineered and was designed intentionally
  • As pointed out by our astute reader Mel, do not forget the 3.1 million shares of BioNTech that Gates bought in Sept 2019 for $18.10/share. That $55 million investment was worth $1.7 billion by Aug 2021.https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1776985/000119312519241112/d635330dex1036.htm
  • Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation financed the organization that developed Sars-Cov-2 (EcoHealth Alliance) via grant INV-002838, and possibly more.
  • Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation financed University of North Carolina, where Ralph Baric developed Sars-Cov-2 for EcoHealth Alliance, via 56 grants: INV-026327 INV-030330 INV-031704 INV-028991 INV-036494 INV-032887 INV-033909 INV-036560 OPP1192462 OPP1199232 OPP1201585 OPP1203327 OPP1195157 OPP1195363 OPP1191684 OPP1061107 OPP1090837 OPP1086528 OPP1108279 OPP1107923 OPP1235 OPP3436 OPP1142921 OPP38920 OPP38381 OPP23847 OPP17809 OPP1161858 OPP1158402 OPP1154943 OPP1172799 OPP1183027 OPP1181722 INV-006232 INV-001748 INV-005277 INV-016221 INV-019193 INV-016163 INV-003112 INV-001805 INV-003266 INV-002551 OPP1203712 OPP9404 OPP1014802 OPP1015539 OPP1024615 OPP1024664 OPP1015381 OPP1018000 OPP51976 OPP53107 OPP53450 OPP52037 OPP49260
  • Bill Gates had close ties with Jeffrey Epstein and visited him numerous times

Nevertheless, the mere publication of this article has huge importance. The things that most of us know and talk about, are appearing in the so-called “mainstream press” — after the damage was all done, of course.

The virus was released; millions died; over a billion young people were force-vaccinated under false pretenses. 

When it is too late to change anything, Politico is finally stating the obvious. Still, it is better than nothing.

Almost everything in the Politico article was known a year ago. Where was Politico then? Busy taking government covid vaccine advertising money.

The pandemic was a crime, not an accident.

Posts of matilda-macelroy.com:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reel

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp/2023/05/26/get-ready-the-alien-intervention-is-here/

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

Cabal or deep State& Alien connection. Stranger science fiction.

‘The world’s gone mad!’

A conspiracy against god and man! 

Slavery, Power/Greed! 

Humans reduced to a commodity! 

Can the West still turn the tide of tyranny? 

Conspiracy and the coming witch hunt. 

The great food reset, part two by Dr Mercola.

Why Promoters of Great Reset Are Pushing Ultra-Processed Foods

According to promoters of The Great Reset, a traditional whole food diet is not only “unsustainable” but “environmentally destructive” and must be replaced with GMOs and protein alternatives made from insects, plants and synthetic biology.

By 

Dr. Joseph Mercola

Link copied

great reset ultra processed foods feature

Miss a day, miss a lot. Subscribe to The Defender’s Top News of the Day. It’s free.

Story at-a-glance:

  • According to promoters of The Great Reset, a traditional whole food diet is not only “unsustainable” but “environmentally destructive” and must be replaced with GMOs and protein alternatives made from insects, plants and synthetic biology. Life on earth cannot be sustained, they say, unless we transition to what amounts to an ultra-processed and highly unnatural diet.
  • A scientific review throws The Great Reset’s talking points in the proverbial trash, as ultra-processed foods are “fundamentally unsustainable” and nutritionally nonessential. As such, the environmental impacts of ultra-processed foods are indefensible, as they are wholly avoidable.
  • Ultra-processed foods account for 17% to 39% of total diet-related energy use; 36% to 45% of total diet-related biodiversity loss; up to one-third of total diet-related greenhouse gas emissions, land use and food waste; and up to one-quarter of total diet-related water-use among adults in high-income countries.
  • The EAT Forum, cofounded by the Wellcome Trust and the Stockholm Resilience Centre in 2014, has developed a “Planetary Health Diet,” intended to be applied to the entire global population. It entails cutting meat and dairy intake by up to 90%, and working with biotech and fake meat companies to replace whole foods with lab-created alternatives — all in the name of climate change prevention and “sustainability.”
  • Once corporations have a monopoly on meat, dairy, cereals and oils, they will be the ones profiting from and controlling the food supply. The companies that control the food supply will also end up controlling countries and entire populations.

According to the World Economic Forum (WEF) and its allied Great Reset minions, a traditional whole food diet is not only “unsustainable” but “environmentally destructive.”

A recent “food analysis” in The Guardian took aim specifically at organic pasture-fed beef and lamb, lambasting such farming practices for their extravagant land use while underperforming in terms of yield.

The analysis stated:

“Arable crops, some of which are fed to farm animals, occupy 12% of the planet’s land surface. But far more land (about 26%) is used for grazing: in other words, for pasture-fed meat and milk. Yet across this vast area, farm animals that are entirely pasture-fed produce just 1% of the world’s protein.”

Animal foods in general, and organically produced ones in particular, The Great Resetters claim, must be replaced with produce genetically engineered for high yield and pest resistance, and protein alternatives made from insects, plants and synthetic biology.

Overall, life on earth cannot be sustained, they say, unless we transition to what amounts to an ultra-processed and highly unnatural diet.

A paper published in the Sept. 25 issue of the Journal of Cleaner Production throws The Great Reset’s talking points in the proverbial trash, but before we get into that, let’s review some background material.

Global cabal’s goal: Wipe out good food

In recent months, I’ve dedicated many articles to exposing the intentional destruction of our food system.

The decision of the Dutch government to impose nitrogen pollution restrictions on farmers is only one recent example of this. This “green” policy will cut livestock production in the country by 30% in the next year, put farmers out of business and force them to sell their land.

Since The Netherlands is the largest meat exporter in the European Union, this plan will inevitably result in meat shortages around the world. Canada is now also implementing identical restrictions as part of its climate plan.

Not to worry, though, because The Great Reset leaders around the world have a plan to build a new food system based on “micro livestock” like crickets, mealworms and cockroaches, along with cultured meat grown in petri dishes, and plant-based meat alternatives such as Beyond Meat, the primary ingredients of which are pea protein, canola oil and rice protein.

The plan for a planetary health-destroying diet

The EAT Forum, cofounded by the Wellcome Trust and the Stockholm Resilience Centre in 2014, has developed what they call “The Planetary Health Diet,” intended to be applied worldwide. It entails cutting meat and dairy intake by up to 90% and replacing it with foods made in laboratories, along with cereals and oils, most of which are now genetically engineered.

Their largest initiative is called FReSH, which aims to transform the food system by working with biotech and fake meat companies to replace whole foods with lab-created alternatives — all in the name of climate change prevention and “sustainability.”

Once tech giants have control of meat, dairy, cereals and oils, they will be the ones profiting from and controlling the food supply. Needless to say, the private companies that control the food supply will also end up controlling countries and entire populations.

At the end of the day, that’s what this hoopla about “sustainable food systems” is all about.

Download for Free: Robert F. Kennedy’s New Book — ‘A Letter to Liberals’

Junk food on steroids

However, anyone who knows anything about nutrition can see that everything about this proposed new food system is a disaster in the making. For starters, synthetic biology — meat and dairy alternatives — is junk food on steroids.

They’re all highly processed, and ultra-processed foods are associated with increased calorie intake, weight gain and chronic disease, including cognitive decline, while simultaneously promoting malnutrition.

One of the primary reasons why processed food is so bad for health is because it’s loaded with the omega-6 fat linoleic acid (LA) mostly from industrial seed oils.

It’s important to realize that plant-based meat alternatives do not contain animal fats. All the fat comes from industrial seed oils like soy and canola oil, which are prescriptions for metabolic disaster.

Sure, processed foods also contain high amounts of sugar, typically in the form of high fructose corn syrup, but as bad as that is, it doesn’t even come close to the damage caused by high LA intake, which acts as a metabolic poison. What’s worse, the LA stays put in your cell membranes for up to seven years, while sugar is rapidly used up and eliminated once you stop putting more in.

To be clear, LA is the one fat you absolutely want to minimize in your diet, not eat more of! Anything above 10 grams a day is likely to cause ill health, and most Americans consume far more than that already.

To learn more about the harmful mechanisms of LA, see “How Linoleic Acid Wrecks Your Health.”

seed nuts linoleic acid chart
cooking oils average la value

In my view, replacing real meat with fake substitutes, regardless of how they’re made, is going to further exacerbate the rapid decline in health the population has already experienced.

This week I will be posting a report on the record-breaking decrease in U.S. life expectancy that just had its sharpest two-year decline in 100 years.

Simply put, there are no benefits in replacing real meat with fake substitutes. Not for the environment, climate, human nutrition or animal welfare. It’s only hazards and false claims. So, if you value your health, you would do well to stay clear of all meat substitutes.

Why insect protein is a bad idea

Alright, but what about insect protein?

According to The Great Reset minions, insect protein is as good as it gets, nutrition-wise, and will protect the planet by eliminating the need for livestock, cutting down on agricultural land use and reversing climate change.

Not so fast. Perhaps someone didn’t think this through. (Or, they did, and any potential negative ramifications of an insect-based diet are actually their intended effects.) As it turns out, insects contain chitin, a highly inflammatory and allergy-inducing compound.

Some human tissues do have a chitin-destroying enzyme called chitinase, but it doesn’t always work well, in which case the chitin may trigger an immune response, allergic reactions and inflammation, as it increases inflammatory cytokine production.

Edibleinsects.com, however, launched in 2022, describes chitin as “a valuable prebiotic fiber” with antifungal, antiviral and antibacterial properties, and eatcrickster.com claims it can reduce inflammation. A number of studies published in recent years have made similar claims.

I for one would recommend proceeding with great caution, as the food industry has, for decades, claimed that processed foods and artificial ingredients are safe and effective, just like the COVID-19 jab, even when ample research shows otherwise.

Food compass designed to destroy nutrition guidance

A perfect example of how unhealthy, ultra-processed foods are being touted as superior to unprocessed animal foods is the Friedman School of Nutrition Science and Policy’s Food Compass, unveiled in late 2021.

Food Compass was created to:

  • Encourage the food industry to develop healthier foods.
  • Provide food purchasing incentives for employees through worksite wellness, health care, and nutrition assistance programs.
  • Supply the science for local and national policies.
  • Enable restaurants and school, business, and hospital cafeterias to present healthier food options.
  • Inform agricultural trade policy.
  • Guide institutional and individual investors on environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) investment decisions.

The problem is that Food Compass leads people away from wholesome natural foods, and toward processed junk foods.

For example, Frosted Mini Wheats scores three times higher than ground beef (87 out of 100, compared to 26), as illustrated in the graph below, posted on Twitter by independent journalist Nina Teicholz.

food compass
Credit: Flaminia Ortenzi, Marit Kolby, Mark Lawrence, Frederic Leroy, Stella Nordhagen, Stuart Phillips, Stephan van Vliet and Ty Beal.

Other high-scoring, highly processed foods include chocolate-covered almonds, Honey Nut Cheerios, fries, egg substitute fried in vegetable oil and Lucky Charms. Almond M&M’s even score higher than whole eggs fried in butter, cheddar cheese and ground beef — all three of which are whole, unprocessed foods.

Who in their right mind can believe M&Ms are healthier than whole food — any whole food?

According to Food Compass, anything with a score below 30 should be minimized, so based on this tool, you’ll be healthier if you replace whole egg, cheddar cheese and ground beef with candy, which is nothing short of insanity.

That’s how you know it’s serving a purpose other than actual nutrition guidance. It’s a Great Reset tool to miseducate people about what’s healthy and what’s not. Without false propaganda, they won’t be able to retool the food system the way they want to.

Interestingly, the top fruit, watermelon, is actually quite healthy for most and it is my absolute favorite fruit. Just be careful to avoid eating the seeds as they, like most seeds, are loaded with LA.

Ultra-processed foods are not ‘green’

Having reviewed why The Great Reset’s ideas for a new food system are a disaster for your health, let’s jump into the Journal of Cleaner Production paper I mentioned at the beginning.

The title of the paper is “A Conceptual Framework for Understanding the Environmental Impacts of Ultra-Processed Foods and Implications for Sustainable Food systems.” It explains why ultra-processed foods are completely counterproductive to environmentally “green” and sustainable goals.

For example, ultra-processed foods (UPF) account for:

  • 17% to 39% of total diet-related energy use.
  • 36% to 45% of total diet-related biodiversity loss.
  • Up to one-third of total diet-related greenhouse gas emissions, land use and food waste.
  • Up to one-quarter of total diet-related water use among adults in high-income countries.

Ultra-processed food production and manufacturing also significantly contribute to the degradation of land, promote herbicide use and contribute to eutrophication (aka nutrient-induced increase in phytoplankton productivity).

And, for all the lip service paid to make sure there’s “equity” in all areas of life, increasing consumption of processed foods redirects finances away from smaller farmers and homesteaders, thereby contributing to “economic inequalities as some large transnational corporations responsible for UPF production rely on underpaid food system workers in poor conditions, resulting in an uneven distribution of wealth.”

In other words, promoting the consumption of processed foods:

  • Promotes financial inequity, the exact opposite of what The Great Reset supporters claim to be working toward.
  • Promotes biodiversity loss and degrades both land and water, which is the opposite of environmental and planetary protection promised by Green New Deal supporters.

Ultra-processed foods are ‘fundamentally unsustainable’

As noted by the authors:

“The findings highlight that environmental degradation associated with UPFs is of significant concern due to the substantial resources used in the production and processing of such products, and also because UPFs are superfluous to basic human needs …

“UPFs utilize persuasive marketing and are usually mass-produced using inexpensive ingredients to enable overconsumption through availability, hyper-palatability, poor satiety and displacing wholefoods in diets.

“A growing body of evidence reports that UPF consumption is associated with increased risk of overweight and obesity, cardiovascular diseases, type-2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, irritable bowel syndrome, cancer, depression, and all-cause mortality, among others. It is plausible that this is caused by UPFs poor nutrient composition and degraded food matrices …

“A detailed understanding of the environmental impacts of UPFs is key to informing food policies and dietary guidance. This is pertinent because UPFs are frequently excluded from global and national guidelines and policy documents on sustainable food systems and diets.

“For example, the EAT-Lancet report, one of the most recognized reference documents on sustainable diets, does not mention UPFs, nor does the major FAO report on the biodiversity impacts of food and agriculture.

“The few policy activities which consider the environmental sustainability of UPFs are based on conceptual evidence, rather than evidence from empirical studies …

“Conclusion: Ultra-processed foods are fundamentally unsustainable products; they have been associated with poor health and social outcomes and require finite environmental resources for their production … UPFs are responsible for significant diet-related energy, [and] greenhouse gas emissions …”

The real take-home here is that the environmental impacts of ultra-processed foods are avoidable because these kinds of foods are not nutritionally essential. They could and should be eliminated altogether if we actually want to protect the environment, our planet and our health.

What we need more of is organic, biodynamic and regenerative farming of everything from fruits and vegetables to animal foods. That’s what the world needs for optimal health, and it’s also what can preserve and improve our environment the best.

Reject The Great Reset diet

As noted in a 2004 review in the American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, “many health disparities are linked to inequalities in education and income.” A nutrient-dense diet typically costs more than a calorie-dense but nutrient-deficient one.

One reason for this is because high-calorie processed foods contain ingredients subsidized by the government, such as corn, wheat, sugar and various seed oils.

Because they provide better profit margins for industrial farmers, there’s little incentive to grow crops that don’t make it into the processed food cycle. Back in 2016, the WEF published an article titled “What Will We Eat in 2030?”

Taking note of the health and income disparity link just mentioned, the article proposes to improve the food system, not by reducing processed foods, but by processing foods which they claim are “ways that are better for our health,” such as “fortification (or biofortification) — where nutrients are engineered in, either in the biology or manufacture of food — and the significant reformulation of current foods for fewer calories and more nutrients.”

“‘Ultra-processed’ foods need not be unhealthy,” the WEF goes on to claim. This is as big a lie as “Roundup is safe enough to drink,” “Smoking is safe for pregnant women,” “DDT is good for me” and “COVID vaccines are safe and effective.”

There is no way to make ultra-processed food healthy. Period.

Below is a graphic that has circulated on Twitter, showing the WEF’s plans for our dietary future. For the record, while it claims to have been sourced from the WEF, the clear sarcasm suggests it’s a spoof. It’s highly instructive, however, and right on the money, in terms of being factually correct.

world economic forum diets 2030

This is indeed the kind of diet the WEF and its Great Reset allies want us to adopt, whether we want to or not. Even the most questionable inclusion of “upcycled citizens” is not wrong, as this cabal is, in fact, promoting the idea that cannibalism is, or can be, acceptable.

For solutions to this rapidly approaching dystopian future, review my previous article, “Why Food Prices Are Expected to Skyrocket,” and Corey Lynn’s article “Finding Sources of Fresh Food.”

Part of the answer is to grow your own food, to the best of your ability. Another part is to support local growers by buying their produce, or else they’ll get pushed out. Starting local co-ops and community gardens can also go a long way toward creating food security in the long term.

At the same time, we also have to reject globalist solutions like fake meat, gene-edited beef, GMO foods, insect-based foods and all the rest of it. It’s time to recognize that none of their solutions are for our benefit. They’re for our detriment.

The WEF has declared that by 2030, you will own nothing, and they really do mean it. They will take everything from us, including the right to grow our own food and to eat natural unprocessed, unadulterated foods — if we let them.

Originally published by Mercola.

Posts of matilda-macelroy.com:

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

Cabal or deep State& Alien connection. Stranger science fiction.

‘The world’s gone mad!’

A conspiracy against god and man! 

Slavery, Power/Greed! 

Humans reduced to a commodity! 

Can the West still turn the tide of tyranny? 

Conspiracy and the coming witch hunt. 

So-called super spreaders of disinformation.

Two online publication is respect of censorship by Commercial entities/ State. Personally can see several currently active activities. Unsaturable drive for power, money/greed. Everywhere and like a pandemic but no cure. Getting worse by the day. World going mad.

NEWS

Whistleblower leak reveals ‘missing link in government, private collusion to control online information


What started as a private group of activist censors wanted to ‘become part of the federal government.’

Featured Image

Calvin
Freiburger

Wed Nov 29, 2023 – 6:23 pm EST

(LifeSiteNews) – The activities of a volunteer “anti-disinformation” initiative that has inspired tactics for official government policy provides the “missing link” between public and private censorship of the internet, according to a bombshell new collection of documents about the so-called Cyber Threat Intelligence League (CTIL).

Writing at the Substack newsletter Public, journalists Michael Shellenberger, Alex Gutentag, and Matt Taibbi detail an “explosive new trove of documents” provided by a “highly credible” anonymous CTIL whistleblower that “describe everything from the genesis of modern digital censorship programs to the role of the military and intelligence agencies, partnerships with civil society organizations and commercial media, and the use of sock puppet accounts and other offensive techniques.”

According to the documents, the censorship framework defining the strategies of public and private censorship efforts in 2020 and beyond – including government pressure on private companies to quash objectionable content – was developed in 2019 by a group of American and British defense contractors led by former UK defense researcher Sara-Jayne “SJ” Terp, and that in addition to curbing disfavored content it entailed promoting preferred narratives through a variety of tactics, including the creation of fake or “sock-puppet” social media accounts.

CTIL’s goal “was to become part of the federal government,” according to the whistleblower, who alleges to have been recruited into the project via cybersecurity meetings hosted by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS). “In our weekly meetings, they made it clear that they were building these organizations within the federal government, and if you built the first iteration, we could secure a job for you.”

At the very least, the group succeeded to some extent in creating what Terp called “Misinfosec communities” with government entities; in April 2020, for instance, then-director of the U.S. Cybersecurity & Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) Chris Krebs touted the agency’s partnership with CTIL and the “more than 1,000 net defenders from around the world” it represented, ostensibly to “stop malicious cyber activity related to” the COVID pandemic.

At least a dozen and as many as 20 people involved with CTIL were also employees of CISA and/or the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and even temporarily bore their agency seals next to their names in the slack messaging system, according to the whistleblower.

Among CTIL’s fruits was the creation of a strategy framework called Adversarial Misinformation & Influence Tactics & Techniques (AMITT), adapted from a cybersecurity framework by billion-dollar define contractor MITRE. 

AMITT was later used by the World Health Organization (WHO) to counter vaccine criticisms, and earlier this year was formally adopted by the U.S. and European Union as part of a “common standard for exchanging structured threat information on Foreign Information Manipulation and Inteference” [sic].

AMITT is not just about silencing individual pieces of content, according to the documents, but discrediting their authors more comprehensively and even pressuring for organizers of dissenting messages to be denied access to financial services.

AMITT framework calls for discrediting individuals as a necessary prerequisite of demanding censorship against them. It calls for training influencers to spread messages. And it calls for trying to get banks to cut off financial services to individuals who organize rallies or events.

SUBSCRIBE TO OUR DAILY HEADLINES US Canada Catholic

The documents also contain further confirmation that such efforts significantly grew after 2016 as a response to Democrat Hillary Clinton’s loss of the U.S. presidency to an unlikely foe, and the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the E.U., which leftists took as signs of their weakening monopoly on what the general public knows about current events.

“A study of the antecedents to these events lead us to the realization that there’s something off kilter with our information landscape,” Terp and colleagues wrote in one report. “The usual useful idiots and fifth columnists — now augmented by automated bots, cyborgs and human trolls — are busily engineering public opinion, stoking up outrage, sowing doubt and chipping away at trust in our institutions. And now it’s our brains that are being hacked.”

“For a long time, the ability to reach mass audiences belonged to the nation-state (e.g. in the USA via broadcast licensing through ABC, CBS and NBC),” the report added. “Now, however, control of informational instruments has been allowed to devolve to large technology companies who have been blissfully complacent and complicit in facilitating access to the public for information operators at a fraction of what it would have cost them by other means.”

Most agencies implicated in the leak predictably declined to comment, but one individual involved in CTIL simply insisted to Public that the group was “unaffiliated with any govt orgs” and “had nothing to do with the govt.”

“Over the next several days and weeks, we intend to present these documents to Congressional investigators, and will make public all of the documents we can while also protecting the identity of the whistleblower and other individuals who are not senior leaders or public figures,” Shellenberger, Gutentag, and Taibbi say.

Earlier this month, House Republicans released a report detailing how under Trump CISA and the U.S. State Department’s Global Engagement Center (GEC) worked with Stanford University and other entities to establish the Election Integrity Partnership (EIP), through which requests to censor “thousands” of conservative posts were laundered so as to keep the government’s fingerprints off censorship.

Since then, the Biden administration has at times openly admitted that it encourages platforms like Facebook to take down certain content. Next year, the U.S. Supreme Court is slated to hear Murthy v. Missouri, which concerns whether the White House’s encouragement of private censorship constitutes a violation of the First Amendment and will have wide-ranging implications for activities like those exposed by these reports.

TOPICS

TAGGED AS

Superspreader of Truth for over 25 years

Superspreader of Truth

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Checked

  • August 29, 2022

Previous

Next

Sharyl Attkisson on Media Bias

Sharyl Attkisson on Media Bias

Can B Vitamins Help Prevent Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease?

Can B Vitamins Help Prevent Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease?

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1256226&v=20220829&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • August 19, 2022, The New York Times (NYT) published the documentary “Superspreader,” featuring yours truly, on FX and Hulu, both of which are owned by Disney
  • The top institutional owners of The NYT are The Vanguard Group and BlackRock Inc. Combined, they have ownership in nearly 90% of all S&P 500 firms, and through their investment holdings they secretly wield monopoly control over all industries
  • The takeaway from the program is that my integrity is in question because I run a successful vitamin and organic food company
  • The same networks critical of how I fund my free information outreach with nutritional supplements and biodynamic foods advertised Hard Seltzer alcohol, Pop Tarts, Taco Bell and fad supplements, including a hair growth formula, a testosterone booster and a weight loss pill, during the program
  • The timing of the documentary also ended up being ironic, as just one week before the “Superspreader” program aired, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reversed all of its COVID-19 guidelines, thereby proving many of my positions on COVID correct

August 19, 2022, The New York Times (NYT) published the documentary “Superspreader,” featuring yours truly, on FX and Hulu (both of which are owned by Disney). I posted my initial response in “NYT Smears Me Again With Classic Orwellian Doublespeak” that same day.

The first episode of “The New York Times Presents” hit piece series featured Elon Musk,1 so it seems I’m in esteemed company.

Much Ado About Nothing

The NYT clearly went through a lot of trouble, trying to dig up dirt from anyone they could find from my past — some going back 40 years, to my medical school days — who would be able to share some tidbit with which they could discredit me with. But, it seems they came up empty handed: After a year of investigation, they couldn’t come up with anything.

And, consider for a moment, what kind of scandal would a team of reporters in one year be able to craft about you, after sifting through decades of your life, reaching out to hundreds of your former associates and classmates in search for any piece of negative feedback they could find?

Everyone has made mistakes in life, and I am no exception. That said, I’m proud to realize that, despite their best efforts, they ended up with a nothing-burger production. If you are not hypnotized by their propaganda, the production is actually quite complimentary. Surprisingly, they showed two people who claimed I saved their lives.

I can only guess at the NYT’s budget and number of personnel dedicated over the past two years to inflict as much damage as possible, yet there was so little to reveal, the NYT producers and editors spent the vast majority of the show interviewing themselves about me!

All the other interviews were with people who don’t actually know me. For example, one was with a Chicago journalist who interviewed me once — 13 years ago. Two classmates from med school, whom I haven’t seen since, also described their impressions.

The takeaway from the program is that my integrity is in question because I run a successful supplement company. Here is the description from the show:

“Are you hesitant to get a COVID vaccine? This doctor opposes them. If you agree, he has some pet supplies he wants to sell you. Meet Dr. Mercola, perhaps the most influential spreader of COVID vaccine misinformation online.”

So, if you have questions about the COVID shot (which I answer for free), you’ll end up buying my pet supplies? This bizarre advertisement is a great example of the NYT’s deranged thinking.

Who Paid for This Hit Piece?

I haven’t watched conventional television since I got rid of my cable nearly a decade ago, and this was a great reminder of why I avoid it. In the first commercial break, the funding for this program became quite clear. Hard Seltzer alcohol, Pop Tarts, Taco Bell — and to top it off, highly questionable SUPPLEMENTS!

The same networks so highly critical of how I fund my free information outreach is promoting Nutrafol hair growth formula and Nugenix Total T “for men’s vitality.” And if the Nugenix testosterone booster isn’t enough, you can combine it with the Nugenix Thermal Fat Incinerator!

The irony of criticizing me for selling the highest quality nutritional supplements and biodynamic organic foods that address the foundational cause of disease rather than pander to cosmetic problems, while they themselves promote ultraprocessed junk food, booze, fast food and questionable supplements is hardly lost on anyone paying attention.

It’s also worth noting that the top institutional owners of The NYT are The Vanguard Group and BlackRock Inc., which combined have ownership in nearly 90% of all S&P 500 firms, and through their investment holdings secretly wield monopoly control over all industries — including media.

Why Sell Supplements?

I am a big believer in nutrition as you know. All primary efforts to improve your health begin with good food. Supplements, meanwhile, are just that — a supplement to a high-quality diet. Everyone’s diet is different, and everyone’s ability to access quality food is different.

Food has become less and less nutritious, and people supplement according to these fluctuations. I am no exception. Some things, like vitamin D, omega 3 and magnesium can be measured, and while doctors may have different ideas about what is optimal versus what is deficient, ultimately it’s been proven that nutritional supplements clearly can improve deficiencies.

Not every supplement is right for every person, as people have different health goals. These individual needs create a wide breadth of supplementation choices, and I am proud to have spent over 20 years developing each and every product I carry.

I provide a source of income for hundreds of families, and we make every effort to provide our employees with a healthy and comfortable environment, and make the work enjoyable. While the NYT would like to shame me for this, I am proud of it, as it has taken a lifetime of work and collaboration with others to build what we have now.

No one can stay in business without income, and most media companies have but two options: Take on advertisers or sell something. Mainstream media make their money from advertisers. The ads for junk food, booze and fad supplements that ran during the “Superspreader” program helped pay for that critique.

Advertisers Control Content

The problem with advertisers is that they end up controlling your content. Even though media management and editors will deny it, if advertisers don’t want you to speak about certain issues that might adversely impact their business, all they have to do is threaten to pull their ads. At that point, you have to make a decision: Ditch the truth, or ditch your income.

Early on, I decided I could not tolerate having anyone dictating what I could or could not report on, so I opted to develop high-quality branded products that I believe in, frequently use myself and stand behind.

The sale of these products allows us to independently fund research, publish free content, defend our rights and share the truth without external influence. My interviews with experts, which can run up to two hours, also have zero advertising breaks, which I believe makes for a better program.

In short, selling high-quality products has enabled me to be a true superspreader of health, truth and freedom, and I will never apologize for that. It has also allowed me to donate millions of dollars to nonprofit organizations that are working to make the world a healthier, less toxic place for everyone, whether you’ve ever heard of me or not.

Interesting Timing

Interestingly, one week before the “Superspreader” program aired, in which they’re trying to portray me as a spreader of dangerous COVID misinformation, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reversed all of its COVID-19 guidelines, thereby proving my position on COVID correct.

The CDC’s guidelines now correspond to what I’ve been saying all along. I (and many others who have been speaking out) were just way ahead of the CDC. So, who’s really guilty of spreading COVID misinformation for the past two years? The ones who were telling the truth from the start, or the ones who, for years, got it wrong and only now, finally, admit it?

CDC Vindicates ‘Misinformation Spreaders’

For example, the CDC is now suddenly advocating for taking personal responsibility and making decisions based on personal risk:2

“People can use information about the current level of COVID-19 impact on their community to decide which prevention behaviors to use and when (at all times or at specific times), based on their own risk for severe illness and that of members of their household, their risk tolerance, and setting-specific factors …”

Individual risk assessment and risk-based countermeasures are both something we “misinformation spreaders” have called for from the beginning. The risk is not identical for all; hence, risk reduction strategies should not be uniformly applied. Finally, two and a half years late, the CDC agrees.

It now mirrors The Great Barrington Declaration and recommends focused protection, meaning protecting those “at particularly high risk … because of older age, disability, moderate or severe immunocompromise, or other underlying medical conditions.”3

A long list of doctors and scientists have been defamed for saying precisely what the CDC is now advocating.

Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institutes of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, and his former boss, Dr. Francis Collins, then-director of the National Institutes of Health, even went so far as to orchestrate a coordinated attack to discredit the previously well-respected authors of the Barrington declaration,4 which the CDC is now acknowledging as having presented the best route forward. The CDC is also giving up on discrimination based on COVID jab status:5

“CDC’s COVID-19 prevention recommendations no longer differentiate based on a person’s vaccination status because breakthrough infections occur …”

They even admit that “persons who have had COVID-19 but are not vaccinated have some degree of protection against severe illness from their previous infection,” and therefore are not to be treated any differently than someone who has received the COVID jab.

The old rules for testing and isolation are also out the window and now only apply to those who are symptomatic, which is what we’ve been saying is the only reasonable course of action all along.

Why Expose Government and Corporate Corruption?

The NYT, in its “Superspreader” video documentary, also accuses me of “paranoia about government.” A few years ago, that probably would have resonated with most viewers, but after two-plus years of COVID tyranny, I believe people are starting to wake up to the reality that I’ve been warning about all these years.

Government and private corporations collude to suppress information about your health. The reason it’s so difficult to find truthful health information is because regulatory agencies have been captured by the very industries they’re supposed to regulate, and media is controlled by those same interests as well.

That includes Google, which controls over 95% of the internet searches in the world, colluding with the government and Big Pharma, and removing the vast majority of natural medicine truth tellers from their search results. This has radically limited your access to helpful health information.

If you believe those who collude to keep the truth from you, you’ll believe vaccinations are safe and effective for everyone, synthetic food additives are harmless, electromagnetic field radiation (EMF) has no biological impact whatsoever, drugs are the sole treatment option if you’re sick, nutrition has no impact on health and disease, unnatural environments are A-OK, pesticides in food are safe and all calories are created equal.

I could go on, but you get the gist. Who benefits from these faulty beliefs? The industries that make money from selling all those dangerous and health-destroying products, of course. And, if you believe all those lies and still don’t feel well, what’s the answer? There is none because, according to the powers that be, you’re doing all the right things.

At the end of the day, what we have here is a classic case of accusing the opposition of what they themselves are doing. They’re misleading you to eat and live in a way that will destroy your health, which makes them money, all while trying to destroy anyone who points out there are safe, simple and effective ways to avoid all those traps.

So, the reason why I venture into issues of politics and corruption in some of my articles is because this collusion between government and corporate entities ultimately have a severe impact on your health and your ability to stay healthy.

My Feedback Has Been Repeatedly Ignored

Before and during the production of “Superspreader,” I had a series of correspondences with the NYT — some over planned hit pieces and some specifically for this documentary. I declined an on-camera interview, seeing no benefit in it.

But I did provide rebuttals to their inflammatory questions, none of which were included or addressed in their program, or in any of the NYT’s other hit pieces, for that matter. This is why it is best to avoid interacting with media that have an obvious agenda as they will cut anything you say or write that does not fit into their preplanned story.

They are absolutely not on a quest to find the truth. Their only agenda is to discredit. So, in closing, here are those email exchanges.

+ Sources and References

TODAY’S FREE ARTICLES

  1. 1Can B Vitamins Help Prevent Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease?
  2. 2Top 12 Tips to Strengthen Gratitude
  3. 3The Courage to Face COVID-19

Login or Join to comment on this article

Show Comments (8)

Post your comment

Posts of matilda-macelroy.com:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reel

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

Dulce2, Pine Gap base, US/Alien complex in Australia?

Another US & Alien nest

Again a Whistleblower evidence helping us to get an insight: There is credible whistleblower (former Command Sgt. Major Bob Dean; former DOD scientist Arthur Neumann) evidence that Pine Gap is a major underground human-extraterrestrial liaison base, operated by both U.S. military-intelligence personnel, as well as extraterrestrial personnel.

by Alfred Lambremont Webre Seattle Exopolitics Examiner February 16, 2010
from Examiner Website
 

Even as Lt Gen Jerry Mataparae, Chief of Defense Force of New Zealand announced on Jan. 23, 2010 that New Zealand’s secret UFO files were being vetted for public release, its technical partner in the ANZUS treaty – the U.S. – remains entrenched in high secrecy and non-disclosure about an extraterrestrial/UFO facility at their underground base at Pine Gap, Australia.

The ANZUS treaty (“Security Treaty between Australia, New Zealand and the United States of America”), signed Sept. 1, 1951, appears to be key in understanding why the the U.S. government continues a mutual policy of refusing to disclose the extraterrestrial and UFO presence at Pine Gap, Australia, although New Zealand has recently announced it will release its secret UFO files. 

Wikipedia:Entrance warning sign to underground U.S. Pine Gap base.
The ANZUS treaty was previously a full three-way defense pact among Australia, U.S. and New Zealand, governing mutual security and military intelligence matters. However, the ANZUS treaty no longer applies between as the U.S. and New Zealand. 
One source states: “following a dispute between New Zealand and the United States in 1984 over visiting rights for nuclear-armed or nuclear-powered ships of the U.S. Navy in New Zealand ports, the treaty no longer applies between the United States and New Zealand, but is still in force between either country and Australia, separately.”
In interactive UFO disclosure in response to advocacy from a citizen UFO group (UFOCUSNZ), the government of New Zealand, the third party to the ANZUS treaty, announced recently it has begun vetting its secret UFO files for public release. 
Yet the U.S. government continues to maintain a policy of tight secrecy over its secret UFO and extraterrestrial-related programs and files, despite public releases of UFO and extraterrestrial-related files by NATO (U.K., France, Sweden, Denmark, Italy, Ireland, Portugal, Norway), OAS (Mexico, Peru, Chile, Brazil, Argentina, Uruguay, Ecuador), and ASEAN Philippines) allies, as well as Russia and Switzerland.

Since 1948, military-intelligence agencies of the U.S. government have sporadically released UFO files to private parties, with 50,000 UFO files pending release from NORAD and 13,000 pages of UFO files pending from U.S. Air Force-related organizations.

Military-intelligence cooperation agreements under the ANZUS treaty, such as the Pine Gap treaty signed Dec. 9, 1999 between Australia and the U.S., appear to be a legal shield keeping the U.S. government from disclosing the existence of a vast, underground working base that the U.S. maintains at Pine Gap, Australia, which may include extraterrestrial liaison programs. According to whistleblowers, these human-extraterrestrial programs may use the Pine Gap base as an extraterrestrial rest and recreation area, as well as a possible staging area for off-planet operations both by extraterrestrial and human black budget fleet space vehicles.

According to former Command Sgt. Major Robert Dean, teleportation links between secret teleports on the U.S. mainland and the underground extraterrestrial-U.S. base at Pine Gap exist for the rapid deployment of personnel (both human and extraterrestrial) between U.S. mainland and Pine Gap, Australia.
 
 
Decision by New Zealand chief of defence force to release UFO files

On Feb. 1, 2010, Examiner.com reported that Suzanne Hansen of New Zealand’s UFO Research, Support and Resource Network had publicly released official correspondence with Lt Gen Jerry Mataparae, Chief of Defense Force NZ following the decision by New Zealand’s Ministry of Defense to release previously classified details of UFO and extraterrestrial-related files.

Lt. Gen. Mataparae as Chief of Defense stated in a Dec. 2009 letter to UFOCUS NZ,“I am pleased to be able to inform you that two NZDF officers have begun the task of assessing classified files held in relation to this topic with a view to declassification. I would expect that files which are transferred to Archives New Zealand would be subject to extensive embargo periods in terms of access by the general public.”

 Pine Gap’s “official” (public sources) profile

Very little is known from official sources about the staffing, facilities, operations, and layout of the secret underground U.S. base at Pine Gap, Australia.

One description states, “Pine Gap is the commonly used name for a satellite tracking station some 18 kilometers south-west of the town of Alice Springs in the centre of Australia which is operated by both Australia and the United States. It consists of a large computer complex with eight radomes protecting antennas and has over 800 employees. It is officially called the Joint Defense Space Research Facility. It is believed to be one of the largest  Echelon ground stations and appears to be physically and operationally similar to the American signals intelligence facilities at Buckley Air Force Base, Colorado and Menwith Hill, United Kingdom. ”The description continues, “In 1999, with the Australian Government refusing to give details to an Australian Senate committee on treaties, Intelligence expert Professor Des Ball from the Australian National University was called to give an outline of Pine Gap. According to Professor Ball, since 9 December 1966 when the Australian and United States governments signed the Pine Gap treaty, Pine Gap had grown from the original two antennas to about eighteen in 1999. The number of staff had increased from around 400 in the early 1970s to 600 in the early 1990s and then to an expected 1,000.
The biggest expansion occurred after the end of the Cold War. “Prof. Des Ball described the official functions of Pine Gap as, “the ground control and processing station for geosynchronous satellites engaged in signals intelligence collection,” outlining four categories of signals collected: telemetry from advanced weapons development, such as ballistic missiles, used for arms control verification signals from anti-missile and anti-aircraft radars transmissions intended for communications satellites microwave emissions, such as long-distance telephone calls United States government personnel at Pine Gap, “are believed to be mostly from the National Security Agency and subordinate service-associated agencies as well as the Central Intelligence Agency. ”Both the Central Intelligence Agency and the National Security Agency have been demonstrated to have extraterrestrial-related operations, as documented in the case of Mars (CIA) and the Moon (NSA).
Mars? One of the whistleblowers, Arthur Neumann, who until recently referred to himself as Henry Deacon for fear of retaliation, was formerly associated with a U.S. government agency,

On July 25, 2009, at the European Exopolitics Congress in Barcelona, Mr. Neumann publicly stated,
“There is life on Mars. There are bases on Mars. I have been there.”
The following day, Mr. Neumann participated in Futuretalk, a Project Camelot documentary interview, in which he provided details of his teleporting to a base on Mars and participating in a one-hour project meeting, which was also attended by representatives of an intelligent civilization that lives in cities under the surface of Mars.

Moon? Commentary
 
The planned October 9, 2009 bombing of the Moon by a NASA orbiter that will bomb the moon with a 2-ton kinetic weapon to create a 5 mile wide deep crater as an alleged water-seeking and lunar colonization experiment, is contrary to space law prohibiting environmental modification of celestial bodies.
 
The NASA moon bombing, a component of the LCROSS mission, may also trigger conflict with known extraterrestrial civilizations on the moon as reported on the moon in witnessed statements by U.S. astronauts Buzz Aldrin and Neil Armstrong, and in witnessed statements to NSA (National Security Agency) photos and documents regarding an extraterrestrial base on the dark side of the moon.

If the true intent of the LCROSS mission moon bombing is a hostile act by NASA against known extraterrestrial civilizations and settlements on the moon, then NASA and by extension the U.S. government are guilty of aggressive war which is the most serious of war crimes under the U.N. Charter and the Geneva Conventions, to which the U.S. is subject.
 
The U.N. Outer Space Treaty, which the U.S. has ratified, requires that,
“The moon and other celestial bodies shall be used by all States Parties to the Treaty exclusively for peaceful purposes. The establishment of military bases, installations and fortifications, the testing of any type of weapons and the conduct of military manoeuvres on celestial bodies shall be forbidden.”
98 nations have ratified and 125 nations have signed the U.N. Outer Space Treaty.

The other whistleblower, lawyer Andrew D. Basiago, is a former child participant in a secret time travel project launched by the US Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (
DARPA).
  ————————————————
In a six-hour interview released August 31, 2009, Mr. Basiago,
“relates his experiences in DARPA’s Project Pegasus during the period 1969 to 1972, and describes probes to past and future events that he took via teleportation and chrono-vision during the early days of time-space exploration by the US government.
 
“He [Mr. Basiago] confirms that the United States has been teleporting individuals to Mars for decades and recounts the awe-inspiring and terrifying trips that he took to Mars in 1981 after he was tapped to go there because he had teleported as a child participant in Project Pegasus.”
Mr. Basiago has also publicly confirmed that in 1970, in the company of his late father, Raymond F. Basiago, an engineer for The Ralph M. Parsons Company who worked on classified aerospace projects, he met three Martian astronauts at the Curtiss-Wright Aeronautical Company facility in Wood Ridge, New Jersey while the Martians were there on a liaison mission to Earth and meeting with US defense-technical personnel.
  
Reasons why Pine Gap appears to be an underground human-extraterrestrial liaison facility operated by the U.S. government under the Pine Gap treaty with Australia

The human-extraterrestrial underground liaison facility clandestinely operated by the U.S. government at Pine Gap, Australia under the Pine Gap treaty and the ANZUS treaty appears to be a singular barrier to public disclosure of the extraterrestrial and UFO presence by the U.S. government at this time.

The secret underground Pine Gap base (and the complex of other super-secret U.S. bases in Australia) may in fact have been strategically designed as a principal platform for clandestine, supra-national space operations by a black budget fleet in concert with specific extraterrestrial civilizations.

Both the U.S. and Australian treaty obligations under the ANZUS treaty and the Pine Gap treaty appear to act as a legal barrier to disclosure of the extraterrestrial presence at Pine Gap. Moreover, as will be shown, public disclosure of the operation mission of the U.S. forces at Pine Gap as well as of the extraterrestrial contingent as relates to the deployment of HAARP, a space-based weapon of mass-destruction, may make the U.S. government – as well as the extraterrestrial civilizations at Pine Gap – guilty of war crimes under the Fourth Geneva Convention and the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court.
 
 
Teleportation from the U.S. mainland to underground extraterrestrial facility at Pine Gap base


Command Sgt. Major Bob Dean relates testimony about the existence of an underground teleportation facility from Nevada to the extraterrestrial facility at the underground base at Pine Gap, Australia. Former DOD scientist Arthur Neumann confirms his DOD identity papers and official visa to Australia in a July 26, 2009 Project Camelot Futuretalk roundtable (below video) discussion with Project Camelot directors Kerry Cassidy and Bill Ryan, and this reporter in Barcelona.
 BD [Bob Dean]: Well, speaking bluntly on secrecy and some things that have been covered up for so long, I felt an overwhelming wave of relief to have finally gone public on a couple of things that I have found to be factual and true. One of them is that deep underground facility outside of Las Vegas where this Air Force Colonel friend of mine went through one door in Nevada, and in two minutes, he was in Pine Gap, Australia.

Now, that kind of secrecy, that technology that allows that to happen, stuns people. Do you mean that we’ve done that? We’ve got that? We can do things like that? What have they been keeping from us?

KC [Kerry Cassidy (Project Camelot)]: Okay, well…

HD/AN [Arthur Neumann]: I don’t like flashing credentials or anything, but it’s my credentials. Inside this passport that I stole from my job, there just happens to be a… what do you call it here? (below video – 25′ 45″ about)

KC: A stamp?

HD/AN: It’s so simple.

BR: Can you show it to the camera?
 HD/AN [Arthur Neumann]: It’s a stamp in here that says: The bearer is a member of the civilian component as defined by Article One of the Agreement between Australia and United States forces in Australia signed at Canberra on May 9, 1963. It’s just one of the visas, you know, in this passport. This one’s for Japan.

BR: Could you show just the front of the passport for the camera? It’s a brown cover, official passport. It’s not a normal passport.

KC: And we do want to say for the camera that we’ve actually been to… I can’t say we went inside, but to the outside of this person’s place of work, one of them. I’m not going to say where on the globe it was or anything else, so don’t worry, Arthur. But I will say that we have gotten substantial verification that Arthur is who he says he is. BR: I would say total verification as far as we’re able to.

KC: And it was quite extraordinary.

BR [Bill Ryan (Project Camelot)]: Anyway… I’m a little concerned here, Bob, that you were interrupted just now because you were telling the story about two things that you felt gave you a great sense of relief when you disclosed them yesterday. One of them was the reality of the star gate, the portal, the wormhole, the jump room, the network so that you could one moment be in Area 51, the next moment in Pine Gap. And that prompted Arthur to show his Australian visa in his … Was it a visa?

HD/AN: It’s a visa.

KC: More than that.

BR: And the second thought? Please continue, because I want to hear this one.

BD [Bob Dean]: It’s a matter of interest to me and it always has been, that one of the largest national security agency facilities in the world is at Pine Gap, but what most people have no understanding of is that underground at Pine Gap is one of the largest extraterrestrial facilities on the planet! Our remote viewers have been looking in on that place for years and years and years.

And what I found terribly amusing – not that there’s that much humor in this whole damn thing – but that facility in Australia at Pine Gap apparently is an extraterrestrial R & R center. And people say: What do you mean, R & R? It’s a military term meaning rest and relaxation.

And I thought, how obvious, you know. It makes sense. Aliens are here, having to deal with the human race, they need rest and relaxation.

BR: They need some…

BD [Bob Dean]: I deal with the human race and I need rest and relaxation! Which is what I’m going to get when I go home tomorrow, you see. But I found it amusing, out of all the four major facilities on the planet, the one in Australia is an R & R center for the guys from out there.’Watch video of full roundtable with Bob Dean, Arthur Neumann, Alfred Lambremont Webre, Kerry Cassidy and Bill Ryan:     –   July 26, 2009   –Project Camelot Futuretalk RoundtableOctober 19, 2009  HAARP induced genocide may be orchestrated at secret U.S. underground ET/UFO Pine Gap base
  
Deep background – ‘The purpose of Pine Gap’

The following is an extended excerpt from a report dated June 30, 1996 that was hand-delivered in 1996 to a colleague of this reporter, Rayelan Allen, publisher of Rumor mills News – RM News (Fortress Australia – Hidden Agenda.)
Caveat lector: The ultimate source of this report is unknown and should be read with due caution. It is provided only as deep background on the extraterrestrial presence at the secret underground U.S. base at Pine Gap, Australia.
 Fortress Australia – Hidden Agenda “This Report was given to the publisher of RM News the year it was written, 1996. The Source who hand delivered it would not state who the author was. RM News does not know if this has been published elsewhere. Report No. I – Author’s Note: “This report results from two years of part time investigation of recent developments in Australia which appear to indicate that some unusual and urgent preparations are being made to turn Australia into a self sufficient “safe haven.” The details mentioned in the report have been kept as concise as possible to enable readers to make up their own minds about the wide ranging evidence which suggests a well organized and developing plan of action aimed at reaching culmination by the end of the present decade. This report can be considered as interim only as the process is ongoing and apparently gaining in momentum. The author intends to continue his investigations and publish additional reports in the future. “June 30, 1996
 The Purpose Of Pine Gap

The 1996 Pine Gap report states, “Some of the following information was derived from an impeccable scientific source who, up to the time of his retirement occupied a key position among the Australian scientific elite. Due to his position he was fully informed about all joint government scientific programs and was often asked to advise on technical and intelligence matters relating to them, He agreed to comment on some American activities in Australia providing he was not identified by subsequent use of the information. The man has an amazing background involving an association with some of the greatest scientific discoveries of the twentieth century, In his old age he feels that people should be made a little more aware of what is going on around them.

“There are at least ten top secret American facilities in Australia with the so called ‘Joint defense Space Research Facility’ at Pine Gap outside Alice Springs being classified as the most important. At the time the agreement to establish Pine Gap was signed by the Australian government it’s purpose was to control and act as a downlink for geosynchronous satellites stationed over the Pacific and Asia. The American agencies involved with this intelligence gathering are the CIA, NSA and the NRO. However there were other reasons for establishing the base which have never been fully revealed to the Australian government. The agreement clearly stated that it was not a requirement for the U.S.A. to share all information with Australia. In fact when the Whitlam government came to power in 1972 what little information that was being shared with the Australian Defense Signals Directorate (DSD) was reduced to a trickle and at one time, prior to 1975, stopped altogether.

“The main reasons for Pine Gap being situated where it is are proximity to the Pacific and Indian Oceans and Asia, it’s Southern hemispheric window to outer space, it’s-position on the earth’s surface in relation to other important areas situated on the planet, its isolation and the fact it is situated in an area of low electromagnetic radiation. Construction of the base was undertaken by American contractors who flew in their own workforce from the U.S.A. on a shift basis. No Australians were involved in the construction work which took around two years before the base became operational.

“Construction work continued for several years on large underground facilities which are rumored to extend some twelve levels below the base. Long tunnels are laid out in a pattern similar to the spokes of a wheel and extend several miles from the center of the base.

“In a deep shielded underground chamber a nuclear reactor similar in size to those used to power submarines was installed to drive large AC and DC generators. This fact has been kept secret as it was quite illegal for such equipment to be operated without an act of parliament changing the existing laws relating to the installation of nuclear power stations in Australia. But when it’s all secret in the first place who needs to get permission? The Pine Gap base also has an above ground diesel powered generating station which, it is claimed, is the only power station there. If that is so why is it shut down most of the time? If you need an electromagnetic free area you don’t build a power station in the middle of it. Of course it can be used when the base was not operating but then what keeps everything running when it is turned off, batteries? Pine Gap is not connected to an outside electricity supply.

“Reportedly, extending some twenty thousand feet below the base is a bore hole containing an ultra low frequency antenna which is apparently used for secret experiments supposedly related to Nicola Tesla’s resonance theories as well as low frequency communications throughout the world.

“Pine Gap’s communication systems are the most sophisticated available utilizing satellites, micro wave, low frequency and their own dedicated cable to the U.S.A. Also they are directly connected to Nurrunga, North West Cape, Geraldton, Australian Defence Signals Directorate in Melbourne, Canberra, Sydney, all CIA and NSA stations, ASIO, SIS and perhaps one of the most interesting secret departments of all, the Australian Defense Science and Technology Organization which deals with UFO’s and crash retrievals.

“The number of staff at Pine Gap varies between four hundred to five hundred at any one time and all except a liaison officer and his small staff are Americans. Although Alice Springs is only fourteen miles from the front gate few of the Pine Gap’s occupants ever visit there. They stay in their self contained theme park enjoying all the luxuries of home. So stringent is the security that even personal shopping is undertaken in the U.S.A. and everything ordered on a weekly basis, including the groceries, is delivered on the Thursday C5 flight from California (there are usually three or four per week).

“Pine Gap is a multi billion dollar operation of great importance to the American government. It is said that to be selected for a tour of duty there is like being elevated to the priesthood, a comment which may not be as silly as it sounds. The vast empty territory of central and South Australia has always been an area of high UFO activity. The Woomers rocket -range and the nuclear test site at Maralinga seemed to be their focal points during the 1950’s and early 1960’s. However this changed somewhat when construction started at Pine Gap and later at Nurrunga. From the time the earth moving equipment moved in there was a rapid rise in UFO sightings in Alice Springs and the surrounding area. The regular sightings have continued to this day and some of them could only be described as bizarre.

“Pine Gap can be observed from the distant surrounding hills which overlook the entire secure base area. All that can be seen are eight white radomes placed in close proximity to groups of long low buildings. A few miles from the base a double security fence winds its way around through the grass and light scrub and cuts it’s way through the lower levels of the nearby hills. The fence is patrolled continuously by American guards and members of the Australian Federal Police Force. The American guards live at the base and the Federal Police at Alice Springs.”
 Extraterrestrial/UFO sightings around Pine Gap

The 1996 Pine Gap report sets out a number of UFO and extraterrestrial-related sightings around Pine Gap.“One case which received some limited publicity in 1989 involved three hunters who were on an all night shooting trip in the hills near Pine Gap. At around 4.30a.m. they observed a large camouflaged door open on the side of a low hill inside the security compound and a metallic, circular disc appear from the gaping black hole, tip on it’s edge and disappear vertically at tremendous speed. The door then slowly shut and everything returned to normal. The camouflage was so good that from their vantage point they were unable to observe anything unusual about the area after the door closed.

“There are several other incidents of a similar nature which were reported by visitors to the area and in one case in 1975 the occupants of a passenger plane which was passing some eighteen miles to the east of the base observed a large white object, similar in size to one of the white radomes, suddenly leapt into the air and disappeared rapidly towards the north west. As everyone on the plane was interested in seeing what Pine Gap looked like most of the passengers and crew witnessed the event. When the pilots reported the incident everyone on the plane was interested in seeing what Pine Gap looked like most of the passengers and drew witnessed the event. When the pilots reported the incident everyone on the plane was interviewed and told not to talk about it.

“A camouflaged door case occurred in 1980 when two members of the Northern Territory Police, who were taking part in a search for a missing Alice Springs child, watched as three ‘bath tub’ shaped objects flew slowly over the base and then one by one disappeared in to an oblong black hole in a hillside. This also occurred during the early hours of the morning and as the two police officers had arranged to meet other members of the search party they left without seeing the door close.

“Another type of sighting involves, blue, red and gold pencil like beams. In 1973 a government cartographer was camped in an area near Pine Gap. Some time after midnight he saw a vertical shaft of very bright blue light emanating from the area of the base. He decided to take a closer look. He drove his four wheel drive to the top of a low hill from which the Pine Gap base could be seen some eight miles to the east. There was a full moon so the white radomes could be seen quite clearly with the naked eye. Taking a closer look through his twelve power binoculars he could see most of the base as well as a strange looking object apparently hovering above it at a height he estimated to be around one thousand feet. Firstly he thought it was a cigar shaped balloon or blimp but this idea quickly evaporated when the object slowly tipped to a 45° angle exposing what appeared to be it’s top surface to the now somewhat surprised observer. It was clear that the object was perfectly circular with a central dome. As the bottom edge was still about it. One thousand feet above the base the cartographer estimated the diameter of the disc to be a little more than half the distance between the Pine Gap base and the disc’s bottom edge, making it between five to six hundred feet in diameter, In the moonlight the disc appeared to be a dull grey color with a slight yellow fuzz around it’s edge.

“As he watched a thin bright blue beam, like a rod, slowly extended from the disc to the base. The strange thing about it was that unlike a flash light it did not just turn on, it slowly moved in a telescopic fashion from the disc and gradually extended behind the radomes. A few minutes later the light beam retracted only to be followed by a similar blue beam slowly extending from the base to the disc. This was followed by a gold colored beam which appeared very close to the blue one. After about thirty seconds both retracted back into the base. This process continued for about forty minutes and ended when the disc made some rapid oscillations ‘lit up like a neon sign’ and ascended vertically at very high speed, disappearing in a few seconds.

“The cartographer reported the incident to his superior officer in Alice Springs. This resulted in what he later described as a ‘grilling’ by some very officious people who warned him to keep silent about his experience otherwise he would be in for some very real trouble. He was also told that he had not seen anything and to remember that. A more complex sighting involved five witnesses in 1984. The leader of this group was a technical expert with a Western Australian government department who had received persistent reports from colleagues of intensive UFO activity around Alice Springs and Pine Gap. He was told that between certain dates something big was going to happen. The information was so intriguing that he decided to mount a clandestine expedition to Central Australia and to approach Pine Gap from the west through the Gibson Desert and MacDonnell Ranges. They used two specially prepared four wheel drives and once in the area of the Macdonnell Ranges traveled only at night in an effort to reduce the chances of detection. After reaching the Pine Gap area they concealed the vehicles and positioned themselves in an elevated area which overlooked the base at a distance of about ten miles. As they had several small size astronomical telescopes with them they had no difficulty in gaining a good view of most of the base area.

“For the first two days and nights very little happened. Apart from the occasional movement of small vehicles and a few people everything was quiet. The group was becoming a little impatient but decided to .sit it out for at least a week in the hope they would see something interesting.

“During the evening of the fourth day they noticed some unusual activity developing in the main base area. A number of vehicles were moving around the base and what appeared to be groups of people dressed in coveralls were gathering at various points near the radomes. Suddenly a bright beam of gold colored light sprang up from the centre of the radome area. This was not a pencil ‘ like beam but seemed to be several meters in width and extremely intense. The width of the beam appeared to remain the same as far as it could be seen extending vertically into the sky. When observed through the telescope it looked almost solid. As they watched long uneven clouds developed in the clear air surrounding the beam which despite a breeze blowing at the time remained stationary. The beam suddenly cut off and the tubular cloud started to drift to the east like a vertical vapor trail. The beam pulsed several times and each time it did so the cloud effect returned even forming what looked like a series of smoke rings.

“No one in the group could explain why but they all felt extremely disturbed by what they had just seen even to the point of nausea. But the show had only just started.

“The gold light beam shot down and once again the dirty looking clouds started drifting away. It was at that point that the group noticed five star like objects approaching from the South. As they drew closer four of the objects were seen to be in a tight diamond shaped formation and the fifth which looked like a cylinder was following at a distance of about two miles. The objects slowed as they reached the base area the four smaller objects took up positions north, south, east and west of the base each moving in small circles. The cylindrical shaped object which appeared white in color with a bright while halo around it’s center moved towards the base reducing altitude to about five hundred feet in the process. It then stopped, rocking up and down like a boat at it’s moorings. Once in position blue light beams started flashing between all five objects and the ground. The whole scene was more than bizarre as it appeared that extraterrestrial craft were in direct communication with the human occupants of the base below them.

“It should be mentioned that the whole episode was recorded on video tape and thirty five millimeters still film. However as this was virtually a case of a government department spying on a foreign friend nothing has been released and it almost certainly never will.

“This scene continued for about five minutes then one of the small objects rapidly descended towards the base and appeared to land at it’s northern end. It remained there for seventeen minutes then returned to it’s original position east of the base and approximately one thousand feet from the ground. The gold light beam again emanated from the area of the radomes. This time the small objects began to rotate around the beam and ascend vertically as if they were examining it. The cylindrical object remained in it’s position bobbing up and down as before. The four objects then returned spiraling down the beam and returning to their previous positions. The cloud was thickening around the light beam and looked like a long thin Ionic column. The beam was turned off and once again the greyish cloud broke up and drifted towards the east. In a jerking motion the cylindrical object started to gain altitude stopping in proximity to the smaller objects which had reformed their diamond shaped formation. The group then moved off in a southerly direction and disappeared in a few seconds.

“The witnesses were shocked by what they had seen as it seemed obvious there was human co-operation with extraterrestrials. It also seemed strange to them that despite the strict security applied at the Pine Gap base they were able to get reasonably close to it without interference. Perhaps no one would believe them anyway and declare their photographic evidence a hoax, however that did not seem logical as good security is maintained when there is no evidence at all and when no explanations or a program of ridicule is necessary. Yet all this was happening in front of them and only about fifteen miles from the large town of Alice Springs. Perhaps what they had seen was a vital experiment and such open exposure was unavoidable from time to time.

“The group spent the next few days observing the base day and night and apart from helicopters and other small aircraft they observed at least seven other UFO’s in the area. One of the witnesses later described the experience as making his skin crawl every time he thought about it.

“After leaving the area they took a circuitous route around the base and then drove down the main highway to Alice Springs. As it looked like they had traveled from Darwin no-one took any notice of them. After arranging the rail transport of the two four wheel drives back to Perth they left by plane the next day. They all agreed that the incident had changed their view of all things in general but had in some way disgusted them as they now knew their government had lied to them from the start and had done so in co-operation with a friend and ally.

“Does all this mean that there has been a working co-operation between extraterrestrials and earth bound governments for a long period of time? The answer is a simple yes.”
 Pine Gap report’s conclusions regarding the security of Earth

The 1996 Pine Gap report states that a military alliance was made between the U.S., Russia, and other Earthling nations and two specific extraterrestrial civilizations to defend the Earth against a threatened invasion from another extraterrestrial civilization.

The 1996 Pine Gap report states, “In return for our governments giving the groups a free hand to exploit the planet and human race, and as far as possible keep their presence a secret, they would provide the technical know how to prevent further major wars and stop any other interested extraterrestrials from invading the planet. ”The 1996 Pine Gap report continues, “It has been said with some authority that they are the brains behind SDI the extension of which is the HAARP (High Frequency Active Aural Research Program) system which is aimed at creating an electromagnetic shield around the world to prevent an attack from outer space. This development never had anything to do with the threat from Soviet Russia, in fact the Russians have actively co-operated in the development program since it’s inception. ”No references were provided in the 1996 Pine Gap report for these summary statements as to the identity of the extraterrestrial civilizations allegedly involved in a threatened invasion of or in the alleged defense of Earth. Independent scientific analysis has concluded that the development of the space-based weapon of mass destruction known as HAARP can be accounted for without the intervention of extraterrestrial technology or know how. Russia and the United States, in fact, together inaugurated the predecessor to the HAARP program with a secret test of the woodpecker series of mind control programs on the city of Eugene, Oregon on July 4, 1976.
  
What are the implications of the secret U.S. Pine Gap underground base for ET/UFO disclosure? Whistleblower evidence There is credible whistleblower (former Command Sgt. Major Bob Dean; former DOD scientist Arthur Neumann) evidence that Pine Gap is a major underground human-extraterrestrial liaison base, operated by both U.S. military-intelligence personnel, as well as extraterrestrial personnel.

 ANZUS and Pine Gap treaty and ET disclosure The ANZUS and Pine Gap treaties make both the U.S. and Australia parties to the secret underground base at Pine Gap, thus presenting a major strategic and practical barrier to the U.S. government (or the Australian government if it is aware of the ET presence) from disclosing the extraterrestrial presence at the underground Pine Gap base. Any disclosure of the extraterrestrial presence on Earth by either of these governments would require a full disclosure of the Pine Gap underground extraterrestrial base and its worldwide operations, including its HAARP-related environmental weapons of mass destruction operations.

Public efforts for extraterrestrial and UFO disclosure by the U.S. government must focus on the secret underground base at Pine Gap as a priority.

 HAARP and the ethics of any extraterrestrials at Pine Gap Although the Pine Gap report maintains that HAARP was developed primarily as an anti-extraterrestrial weapon, the scientific fact is that in recent years the major application of HAARP has been as a space-based environmental weapon of mass destruction against the human population. As set out in a series of science-based reports and radio programs at peaceinspace.org, HAARP has been used as a weapon of mass destruction against the human population in the following applications. HAARP-induced acts of Environmental/Scalar Warfare
Haiti earthquake (January 12, 2010) – U.S. HAARP seismic weapon triggered Haiti earthquake.
 HAARP-induced acts of Environmental/Scalar Warfare
U.S. HAARP environmental weapon triggered the following catastrophes (Read summaries and listen to radio interviews – Part 1 and Part 2) Kobe, Japan Earthquake of 1995
Sumatra Earthquake & Tsunami of Dec. 26, 20062 NASA Shuttle Disasters
Katrina Hurricane of 2005Black Sea Event of 2007Niigata Earthquake (Japan) 2007Myanmar Cyclone – May 3, 2008China Earthquake – May 12, 2008
 HAARP & its role in the False Flag Operation of September 11, 2001, which launched a worldwide war of aggression and domestic police state worldwide.

The independent scientific evidence is now overwhelming that HAARP is being used systematically against the human population as a space-based weapon of mass destruction. More people were killed in the HAARP-induced seismic attack in the Haiti earthquake (230,000) than died at the U.S. nuclear bombing of Hiroshima (118,661).

 HAARP & Extraterrestrials The Pine Gap base is a major HAARP operational center. If the extraterrestrial contingent at the secret underground U.S. base is in any way involved in the command and control of these HAARP environmental weapon of mass destruction attacks upon the human population, then these extraterrestrials can be classified as unethical and manipulative (and hostile) to the human population. Even if the extraterrestrial contingent at the underground base at Pine Gap is not involved in the command and control of the HAARP attacks on the human population, it seems logical that this ET contingent would have full information about these attacks. In any event, as this ET contingent has done nothing to restrain the unethical human government at Pine Gap – the government of the U.S. – from engaging in these HAARP attacks, one can still reasonably surmise that the Pine Gap ETs are unethical and hostile to the human population, unless proven otherwise.

 Pine Gap and the governance of Earth
The 1996 Pine Gap reports indicates that Australia has been prepared as a “refuge” for a supra-national power elite in concert with these extraterrestrial civilizations, in the event of “catastrophic events” on Earth. Yet, by the evidence it would appear that the U.S. government, which is nominally in charge of Pine Gap and its HAARP facilities – together with their cooperating ETs – are in fact acting against the long-range interest of the human population, and may intentionally be causing a campaign of geological and weather catastrophes through the use of environmental weapons like HAARP. 
The U.S. government and two extraterrestrial civilizations involved in Pine Gap that have been presented as “defending Earth” in fact, through the use of HAARP in seismic attacks and other false flag operations, are acting to systematically harm and depopulate the human population.

By the evidence of HAARP environmental weapons of mass destruction attacks, the U.S. government now in charge of operating Pine Gap (possibly with those extraterrestrials operating out of Pine Gap) is not acting in the interest of humanity. These parties are in fact committing war crimes, crimes against humanity and genocide under the Fourth Geneva Convention and Articles 6 and 7 of the Rome Statute of the International Court through their use of environmental weapons of mass destruction such as HAARP.

 Pine Gap & Our human community Our human community, as protected under the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, must now legally demand that the government of the U.S., as well as any extraterrestrial civilizations operating Pine Gap and HAARP, dismantle these underground war-making facilities and space-based weapons of mass-destruction they have directed at the human population, and cease their genocidal course of action. 

Return to Arthur Neumann aka ‘Henry Deacon’ – A Livermore PhysicistReturn to The Research of Alfred Lambremont WebreReturn to Pine Gap – Australian ‘Area 51’Return to HAARP 

  

by Alfred Lambremont Webre
Seattle Exopolitics Examiner
June 19, 2009from TheExaminer Website   
NASA: LCROSS bombing of Moon, Oct. 9, 2009 (Depic) Commentary The planned October 9, 2009 bombing of the Moon by a NASA orbiter that will bomb the moon with a 2-ton kinetic weapon to create a 5 mile wide deep crater as an alleged water-seeking and lunar colonization experiment, is contrary to space law prohibiting environmental modification of celestial bodies. The NASA moon bombing, a component of the LCROSS mission, may also trigger conflict with known extraterrestrial civilizations on the moon as reported on the moon in witnessed statements by U.S. astronauts Buzz Aldrin and Neil Armstrong, and in witnessed statements to NSA (National Security Agency) photos and documents regarding an extraterrestrial base on the dark side of the moon.

If the true intent of the LCROSS mission moon bombing is a hostile act by NASA against known extraterrestrial civilizations and settlements on the moon, then NASA and by extension the U.S. government are guilty of aggressive war which is the most serious of war crimes under the U.N. Charter and the Geneva Conventions, to which the U.S. is subject. The U.N. Outer Space Treaty, which the U.S. has ratified, requires that,“The moon and other celestial bodies shall be used by all States Parties to the Treaty exclusively for peaceful purposes. The establishment of military bases, installations and fortifications, the testing of any type of weapons and the conduct of military manoeuvres on celestial bodies shall be forbidden.”98 nations have ratified and 125 nations have signed the U.N. Outer Space Treaty.
   
NASA’s LCROSS (Lunar Crater Observation and Sensing Satellite) mission

The NASA LCROSS (Lunar Crater Observation and Sensing Satellite) mission, which departed on Earth on June 18, 2009.   LAUNCH LRO LCROSS SPACECRAFT ATLAS V18 JUNE 2009 https://www.youtube.com/embed/-nuqdXsdw7Q  According to one report,“Flying over the moon’s southern hemisphere, LCROSS will use its high-precision instruments, as well as close-up images of the terrain gathered by the lunar orbiter, to seek out a crater just shallow enough and dark enough to be a prime bombing target.” “There, acting as what the Ames team calls its “shepherding spacecraft,” LCROSS will guide an empty Centaur rocket weighing two tons toward its target. The rocket will crash into the crater at 5,600 mph, creating a new crater – perhaps as large as 5 miles wide. The crash is scheduled to occur Oct. 9.”The two-ton Centaur rocket qualifies as a space-based kinetic weapon. The reason alleged by NASA for the mission is that,“the (LCROSS) probes will map possible landing sites and search for water sources that could be used by a future lunar colony.”According to NASA,“The Mission Objectives of the Lunar Crater Observation and Sensing Satellite (LCROSS) include confirming the presence or absence of water ice in a permanently shadowed crater at the Moon’s South Pole. The identification of water is very important to the future of human activities on the Moon. LCROSS will excavate the permanently dark floor of one of the Moon’s polar craters with two heavy impactors in 2009 to test the theory that ancient ice lies buried there. The impact will eject material from the crater’s surface to create a plume that specialized instruments will be able to analyze for the presence of water (ice and vapor), hydrocarbons and hydrated materials.”NASA: LCROSS launch of lunar orbiter, June 18, 2009
  U.S. astronauts, NASA employees, Soviet scientists, NSA…confirm the extraterrestrial presence on the moon

There are confirmed reports of an extraterrestrial presence on the moon, both from U.S. astronauts who have visited the moon, from NASA employees, from Soviet scientists and observers of the NASA moon visits, and from witnessed NSA (National Security Agency) reports on a moon based on the far side of the moon.

One report states that,“In a 2006 television documentary, ‘Apollo 11 – The Untold Story,’ Buzz Aldrin admitted for the first time publicly that the astronauts saw UFOs on their trip to the Moon, but they were not allowed to discuss this information on the live audio feed to NASA. He stated that he felt it would have caused a ‘panic.’”Other research on witnessed corroboration of U.S. astronaut sightings of an extraterrestrial presence on the Moon states,“According to hitherto unconfirmed reports, both Neil Armstrong and Edwin ‘Buzz’ Aldrin saw UFOs shortly after their historic landing on the Moon in Apollo 11 on 21 July 1969. I remember hearing one of the astronauts refer to a “light” in or on a carter during the television transmission, followed by a request from mission control for further information. Nothing more was heard.”

“According to a former NASA employee Otto Binder, unnamed radio hams with their own VHF receiving facilities that bypassed NASA’s broadcasting outlets picked up the following exchange:’NASA: What’s there? Mission Control calling Apollo 11…

Apollo: These ‘Babies’ are huge, Sir! Enormous! OH MY GOD! You wouldn’t believe it! I’m telling you there are other spacecraft out there, lined up on the far side of the crater edge! They’re on the Moon watching us!’“In 1979, Maurice Chatelain, former chief of NASA Communications Systems confirmed that Armstrong had indeed reported seeing two UFOs on the rim of a crater.‘The encounter was common knowledge in NASA,’ he revealed, ‘but nobody has talked about it until now.’“Soviet scientists were allegedly the first to confirm the incident.‘According to our information, the encounter was reported immediately after the landing of the module,’ said Dr. Vladimir Azhazha, a physicist and Professor of Mathematics at Moscow University. ‘Neil Armstrong relayed the message to Mission Control that two large, mysterious objects were watching them after having landed near the moon module. But his message was never heard by the public-because NASA censored it.’“According to another Soviet scientist, Dr. Aleksandr Kazantsev, Buzz Aldrin took color movie film of the UFOs from inside the module, and continued filming them after he and Armstrong went outside. Dr. Azhazha claims that the UFOs departed minutes after the astronauts came out on to the lunar surface.

“Maurice Chatelain also confirmed that Apollo 11’s radio transmissions were interrupted on several occasions in order to hide the news from the public. Before dismissing Chatelain’s sensational claims, it is worth noting his impressive background in the aerospace industry and space program. His first job after moving from France was as an electronics engineer with Convair, specializing in telecommunications, telemetry, and radar. In 1959 he was in charge of an electromagnetic research group, developing new radar and telecommunications systems for Ryan. One of his eleven patents was an automatic flights to the Moon. Later, at North American Aviation, Chatelain was offered the job of designing and building the Apollo communications and data-processing systems.

“Chatelain claims that,‘all Apollo and Gemini flights were followed, both at a distance and sometimes also quite closely, by space vehicles of extraterrestrial origin-flying saucers, or UFOs, if you want to call them by that name. Every time it occurred, the astronauts informed Mission Control, who then ordered absolute silence.’He goes on to say:“I think that Walter Schirra aboard Mercury 8 was the first of the astronauts to use the code name ‘Santa Claus’ to indicate the presence of flying saucers next to space capsules. However, his announcements were barely noticed by the general public.

“It was a little different when James Lovell on board the Apollo 8 command module came out from behind the moon and said for everybody to hear:’PLEASE BE INFORMED THAT THERE IS A SANTA CLAUS.’“Even though this happened on Christmas Day 1968, many people sensed a hidden meaning in those words.”NASA’s Maurice Chatelainmoon whistleblower
 
  NSA photos, documents of an extraterrestrial base on the dark side of the moon

Former USAF U.S. Sgt. Karl Wolfe, a Disclosure Project witness, describes photos, documents of extraterrestrial bases on the dark side of the moon that he witnessed at the NSA (National Security Agency), in the 1960s. One report states that,“Sgt Wolfe was working with Tactical Air Command at Langley Air Force Base in Virginia in 1965. There, he was assigned to the lunar orbital project with the National Security Agency where he met an airman who confided in him that they had discovered bases in the far side of the moon.”Sgt Wolfe’s Disclosure Project testimony, in which he states that he is willing to testify under oath before the U.S. Congress, can be seen in the video below.

   
One account states,“The airman told him (Wolfe) that all of the NASA photographs were sent to Langley, where they were enhanced, and eventually made into photographs to be sent to and studied by the different branches of the military. He was also told why security was of the utmost importance at the lab on this particular day – recent enhanced imagery had clearly shown structures on the far side of the Moon. These structures were definitely not created by natural forces – they were made by intelligent beings.

“’We discovered,’ the airman said, ‘a base on the back side of the Moon.’Wolfe was in no way prepared for what he had just been told. When the airman saw Wolfe nearly shaking in disbelief, he reiterated:“’Yes, a base on the dark side of the Moon.’

“Although Wolfe had not actually been told that some alien intelligence had made the aforementioned structures, who else could it have been? Although Russia had flown unmanned vessels around to the far side, no landing had been made, and the resources and technology needed to build a station there were far beyond that of Russia at the time. Had they made a landing on the Moon, the entire world would have known about it. And Wolfe knew America was still years from a Moon landing.

“His anxiety reached a new level. He was looking at, and being told about, something that he should not have seen or known about. He was actually afraid of being arrested and a court martial. He only wanted to finish his job, and get out of there, and forget the whole incident. He would finish the repair he was called to do, but he could never forget what he had seen that day at Langley. He would tell not a soul for 30 years.

“His release from the military also required that he not leave the United States for five years. This was a condition of his security status. He also was sworn to not reveal anything he had seen while performing his duties in the military. Wolfe would eventually put a report on what he had seen on video, which is now available on the Internet. There have also been several ex-NASA employees who have come forward telling of their experiences in air brushing structures out of NASA photographs of the Moon.”

NASA’s lunar bombing violates space law and must be stopped

NASA’s use of a 2-ton empty Centaur rocket as a kinetic weapon violates space law in multiple ways and must be stopped, in flight or in lunar orbit, which the LCROSS lunar orbiter reaches on Tuesday June 23, 2009.

The bombing of the moon with a kinetic weapon to create a 5 mile crater is a per se violation of the U.N. Outer Space Treaty, which the U.S. has ratified, irrespective of its being designed as part of an experiment related to lunar colonization.

The U.N. Outer Space Treaty (Article III) provides that,“States Parties to the Treaty shall carry on activities in the exploration and use of outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies, in accordance with international law, including the Charter of the United Nations.”The Moon Treaty (Agreement Governing The Activities Of States On The Moon And Other Celestial Bodies – 1979) addresses and bans the specific activity bombing of the moon carried out unilaterally by the U.S. The Moon Treaty prohibits disruption of the environment of the Moon. The LCROSS bombing constitutes a disruption of the delicate balance of the lunar ecology. Article 7 of the Moon Treaty states: Article 7 of the Moon Treaty“In exploring and using the moon, States Parties shall take measures to prevent the disruption of the existing balance of its environment whether by introducing adverse changes in that environment, by its harmful contamination through the introduction of extra-environmental matter or otherwise. States Parties shall also take measures to avoid harmfully affecting the environment of the earth through the introduction of extraterrestrial matter or otherwise.
 “States Parties shall inform the Secretary-General of the United Nations of the measures being adopted by them in accordance with paragraph 1 of this article and shall also, to the maximum extent feasible, notify him in advance of all placements by them of radio-active materials on the moon and of the purposes of such placements.
 “States Parties shall report to other States Parties and to the Secretary-General concerning areas of the moon having special scientific interest in order that, without prejudice to the rights of other States Parties, consideration may be given to the designation of such areas as international scientific preserves for which special protective arrangements are to be agreed upon in consultation with the competent bodies of the United Nations.”Although the U.S. has not ratified the Moon Treaty, 13 nations have, and it can be construed as a relevant international standard of what constitutes “international law” under the U.N. Outer Space Treaty.
  
Is NASA’s LCROSS bombing of the moon a camouflaged attack or attempt to impose moon sovereignty by the U.S.?

There is witnessed evidence, through the testimony of UASF SGT Karl Wolfe and through the statements of U.S. astronauts, NASA employees, former Soviet scientists that the U.S., and its agencies NASA and the NSA has had scientific evidence that the moon has extraterrestrial civilizations and present settlements on it for more than 40 years, since the 1960s.

The U.S. has not attempted any public, peaceful diplomacy with the civilizations on the moon. In fact, the U.S. has imposed an embargo on public knowledge that settlements and an extraterrestrial presence exist on the moon.

What is touted as a scientific experiment – the bombing of the moon – may in reality be an attempt to impose de facto U.S. sovereignty on the moon. Article II of the U.N. Outer Space Treaty, which the U.S. has signed, states:“Outer space, including the moon and other celestial bodies, is not subject to national appropriation by claim of sovereignty, by means of use or occupation, or by any other means.”Moreover, the LCROSS bombing of the moon may be an intentional hostile act by the U.S. (which has know the moon is inhabited for at least 40 years by other civilizations), a kind of “shot across the bow” to mark turf against other intelligent civilizations on the moon.

The U.N. Outer Space Treaty prohibits non-peaceful activities on the moon. Article IV states,“The moon and other celestial bodies shall be used by all States Parties to the Treaty exclusively for peaceful purposes. The establishment of military bases, installations and fortifications, the testing of any type of weapons and the conduct of military maneuvers on celestial bodies shall be forbidden.”NASA’s LCROSS bombing of the moon must be stopped, while the lunar orbiter is in orbit, before the bombing occurs on October 9, 2009.

Posts of matilda-macelroy.com:
Aliens and planet Earth
Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.
AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.
Carbon dioxide and Health
If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.
Religions, The State/Media and humanity.
Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth
Ancient origin.
Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.
Reel
The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.
Two video’s, please click on link!
Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Something is wrong.
NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

Cabal or deep State& Alien connection. Stranger science fiction.
‘The world’s gone mad!’
A conspiracy against god and man! 
Slavery, Power/Greed! 
Humans reduced to a commodity! 
Can the West still turn the tide of tyranny? 
Conspiracy and the coming witch hunt. 

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

Depopulation attempts?

At the basis the depopulation written down and cemented in Stone. Forgot to tell you and me.

While climate change is real has nothing to do with carbon dioxide which is the raw material needed by all plants. Scarce being 0.04% or nearly nothing. Without it or very low in air grow/produce of plants will falter. It was added because of the ability to charge people/animals for producing it worldwide. Also to try and make people feel guilty because of breading/existing. Traumatizing.

There is no accepted scientific prove for the claims that CO2 is a climate changer.

These attempts are as old as humanity themselves. Even the Anunnaki involved in the genetic manipulation and creating the fourth root race being us got disillusioned about humans and decided to terminate us.

First by restricting food (wetter manipulation and preventing rain)and when that failed, pestilences. Also called the Alien agenda. (Covid like infectious diseases)

As it says in the old Sumerian texts:

“Man is born of sadness, for he is of the Blood of the Ancient Ones,

but has the Spirit of the Elder gods breathed into him.

And his heart goes to the Ancient Ones,

but his mind is turned towards the Elder gods,

and this is the war which shall be always fought,

unto the last generation of man; for the world is unnatural.”

——————————————————————

What did save the human race was the reproduction speed going up drastically and an build in survival mechanism. It came to an end when they the Anunnaki came aware of the pending big flood/deluge and departed Lieving behind a relative small group went underground will the main force left for space. In the bible there are the reverences to Noah and his Ark. Other underground civilization would lead some humans in to shelter and more particular some beautiful looking females.

Stillness in the Storm Editor: Why did we post this?

Various historians, insiders, and whistleblowers claim that dark occult groups and forces have long controlled the planet and shaped its history. The preceding video offers some of this history in an effort to substantiate the notion of a powerful group working behind the scenes, sometimes called the Illuminati, the Deep State, the Order of the Black Sun, and so on.

Properly identifying causes in reality is essential so as to lead a fulfilling life and work constructively to improve the world around you. We need accurate and complete knowledge. With this knowledge in hand, an individual can contend with the realities of malevolence, which will inexorably lead to an activation of the truth-seeking and freedom craving urges.

– Justin

But if humans are the primary driver of climate change, and if we only have about 12 years before we reach the point of no return as Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez has suggested, will a “gradual” reduction of the human population really be enough to satisfy the climate change zealots?

For true believers in the cause, there would be no faster way of turning this crisis around than to radically reduce the population of the planet.  According to them, every one of us has “a carbon footprint”, and as the population grows the climate change crisis only gets worse. 

So, a logical extension of this thinking would be that anyone that can find a way to significantly reduce the global population would literally be “saving the planet”.  Resulting in the set-up of a worldwide hoax.

At its basis is carbon. All plants, scrubs, trees, seaweed, just name them are made from CO2. Just look outside. More Carbon dioxide in the air will raise or yield as result of increasing CO2. Already at the low side if you look at the graph. The uptick has resulted into a greener earth as pictures from space show.

It is not, was never nor will be in the future cause CO2 a climate change.

Climate/change is a dynamic system, and many conditions/changes in our environment will affect it, to many to list here, industrialization for example but not Carbon. The attractivity for the fakers was the fact that under this definition they could list/place all living beings including animals using the second part of the food chain. Casa. The elite (Part of the newly created one world order fabulous rich with a never-ending stream of revenues and at the same time kill billions of both humans and animals/misery created on a scale never before but now possible thanks to their new security apparatus (digital prison) and immediate responses using AI monitoring and keeping the CO2 level low.

There next problem being to sell it to the general public and was done using their captured education system and control of the big media. Resulting in introduction of censorship/digital prison and control of all info. Everybody like/loves to save our world and most went for the bait and into the trap. The producers of vegetables and other plants were aware for many years that using the exhaust of their heating system rich in CO2 would accelerate growth/yield. Despite that and a number of scientists trying to point out the ill logic almost everybody in the West felt for it. They came up with the story that a very small amount of CO2 in the air being about 0.04 precent did cause a more than 90% capturing and sending back of the heat emitted from earth.

How can you make it up? By far our son is the provider of heat/warmth. Then a long time nothing and finely chemicals/product and processes. Its viciousness has two main reasons, first the deliberately feeding of misleading information and setting people on the wrong food. Secondly, the creation/damaging food production worldwide, getting paid for it and absolute control. That is why and where the creation of a digital prison is/was top priority for them.

Who is them but I like to mention a few, Big Banks, Big Media, Pharma, Globalist/Cabal/NWO and WEF/Free Masons, UN.

The coupe/prison almost completed and NWO/WEF members already positioned in all important political and other institutions for a long time, G7, G20, Banks, Pharma, Health and Nutrition, Multi nationals, FDA, CDC, FEMA, Intelligence, media.

To you and I, the idea of millions or billions of people dying is absolutely horrific, but for those that have fully embraced the climate change narrative such an outcome would be extremely desirable.

And of course population control has been an obsession among the global elite for a very long time. 

Way before “global warming” and “climate change” were popularized, those at the top end of the social pyramid have been dreaming of dramatically culling the herd.

To demonstrate this, I would like to share with you 45 quotes that prove the elite really do want to dramatically reduce the number of people on the planet…

1. Charles Darwin (his thinking is at the foundation of so many of our scientific theories today): “At some future period, not very distant as measured by centuries, the civilised races of man will almost certainly exterminate and replace throughout the world the savage races. At the same time the anthropomorphous apes, as Professor Schaaffhausen has remarked, will no doubt be exterminated. The break will then be rendered wider, for it will intervene between man in a more civilised state as we may hope, than the Caucasian and some ape as low as a baboon, instead of as at present between the negro or Australian and the gorilla.”


2. Bill Gates: “The problem is that the population is growing the fastest where people are less able to deal with it. So it’s in the very poorest places that you’re going to have a tripling in population by 2050. (…) And we’ve got to make sure that we help out with the tools now so that they don’t have an impossible situation later.”

3. Bernie Sanders: “In poor countries around the world where women do not necessarily want to have large numbers of babies, and where they can have the opportunity through birth control to control the number of kids they have, is something I very, very strongly support.”

4. UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson: “The primary challenge facing our species is the reproduction of our species itself…It is time we had a grown-up discussion about the optimum quantity of human beings in this country and on this planet…All the evidence shows that we can help reduce population growth, and world poverty, by promoting literacy and female emancipation and access to birth control.”

5. UK Television Presenter Sir David Attenborough: “The human population can no longer be allowed to grow in the same old uncontrolled way. If we do not take charge of our population size, then nature will do it for us.”

6. Paul Ehrlich, a former science adviser to president George W. Bush and the author of “The Population Bomb”: “Solving the population problem is not going to solve the problems of racism… of sexism… of religious intolerance… of war… of gross economic inequality. But if you don’t solve the population problem, you’re not going to solve any of those problems. Whatever problem you’re interested in, you’re not going to solve it unless you also solve the population problem.”

7. Dave Foreman, the co-founder of Earth First: “We humans have become a disease, the Humanpox.”

8. CNN Founder Ted Turner: “A total population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.”

9. Japan’s Deputy Prime Minister Taro Aso: about medical patients with serious illnesses: “You cannot sleep well when you think it’s all paid by the government. This won’t be solved unless you let them hurry up and die.”

10. David Rockefeller: “The negative impact of population growth on all of our planetary ecosystems is becoming appallingly evident.”

11. Richard Branson: “The truth is this: the Earth cannot provide enough food and fresh water for 10 billion people, never mind homes, never mind roads, hospitals and schools.”

12. Environmental activist Roger Martin: “On a finite planet, the optimum population providing the best quality of life for all, is clearly much smaller than the maximum, permitting bare survival. The more we are, the less for each; fewer people mean better lives.”

13. HBO personality Bill Maher: “I’m pro-choice, I’m for assisted suicide, I’m for regular suicide, I’m for whatever gets the freeway moving – that’s what I’m for. It’s too crowded, the planet is too crowded and we need to promote death.”

Buy Book Fake Science: Exposing the Left’s Skewed Statistics, Fuzzy Facts, and Dodgy Data

14. Al Gore: “One of the things we could do about it is to change the technologies, to put out less of this pollution, to stabilize the population, and one of the principal ways of doing that is to empower and educate girls and women. You have to have ubiquitous availability of fertility management so women can choose how many children to have, the spacing of the children… You have to educate girls and empower women. And that’s the most powerful leveraging factor, and when that happens, then the population begins to stabilize and societies begin to make better choices and more balanced choices.”

15. MIT professor Penny Chisholm: “The real trick is, in terms of trying to level off at someplace lower than that 9 billion, is to get the birthrates in the developing countries to drop as fast as we can. And that will determine the level at which humans will level off on earth.”

16. Julia Whitty, a columnist for Mother Jones: “The only known solution to ecological overshoot is to decelerate our population growth faster than it’s decelerating now and eventually reverse it—at the same time we slow and eventually reverse the rate at which we consume the planet’s resources. Success in these twin endeavors will crack our most pressing global issues: climate change, food scarcity, water supplies, immigration, health care, biodiversity loss, even war. On one front, we’ve already made unprecedented strides, reducing global fertility from an average 4.92 children per woman in 1950 to 2.56 today—an accomplishment of trial and sometimes brutally coercive error, but also a result of one woman at a time making her individual choices. The speed of this childbearing revolution, swimming hard against biological programming, rates as perhaps our greatest collective feat to date.”

17. Colorado State University Professor Philip Cafaro in a paper entitled “Climate Ethics and Population Policy”: “Ending human population growth is almost certainly a necessary (but not sufficient) condition for preventing catastrophic global climate change. Indeed, significantly reducing current human numbers may be necessary in order to do so.“

18. Professor of Biology at the University of Texas at Austin Eric R. Pianka: “I have two grandchildren and I want them to inherit a stable Earth. But I fear for them. Humans have overpopulated the Earth and in the process have created an ideal nutritional substrate on which bacteria and viruses (microbes) will grow and prosper. We are behaving like bacteria growing on an agar plate, flourishing until natural limits are reached or until another microbe colonizes and takes over, using them as their resource. In addition to our extremely high population density, we are social and mobile, exactly the conditions that favor growth and spread of pathogenic (disease-causing) microbes. I believe it is only a matter of time until microbes once again assert control over our population, since we are unwilling to control it ourselves. This idea has been espoused by ecologists for at least four decades and is nothing new. People just don’t want to hear it.”

19. Kofi Annan, UN Secretary-General from 1997-2006: “The idea that population growth guarantees a better life — financially or otherwise — is a myth that only those who sell nappies, prams and the like have any right to believe.”

20. Thoraya Ahmed Obaid, UN Under-Secretary-General from 2000-2010: “We cannot confront the massive challenges of poverty, hunger, disease and environmental destruction unless we address issues of population and reproductive health.”

21. Bill Nye: “In 1750, there were about a billion humans in the world. Now, there are well over seven billion people in the world. It more than doubled in my lifetime. So all these people trying to live the way we live in the developed world is filling the atmosphere with a great deal more carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases than existed a couple of centuries ago. It’s the speed at which it is changing that is going to be troublesome for so many large populations of humans around the world.”

22. Actress Cameron Diaz: “I think women are afraid to say that they don’t want children because they’re going to get shunned. But I think that’s changing too now. I have more girlfriends who don’t have kids than those that do. And, honestly? We don’t need any more kids. We have plenty of people on this planet.”

23. Democrat strategist Steven Rattner: “WE need death panels. Well, maybe not death panels, exactly, but unless we start allocating health care resources more prudently — rationing, by its proper name — the exploding cost of Medicare will swamp the federal budget.”

24. Matthew Yglesias, a business and economics correspondent for Slate, in an article entitled “The Case for Death Panels, in One Chart”: “But not only is this health care spending on the elderly the key issue in the federal budget, our disproportionate allocation of health care dollars to old people surely accounts for the remarkable lack of apparent cost effectiveness of the American health care system. When the patient is already over 80, the simple fact of the matter is that no amount of treatment is going to work miracles in terms of life expectancy or quality of life.”

Buy Book Margaret Sanger’s Eugenic Legacy: The Control of Female Fertility [Planned Parenthood]

25. Planned Parenthood Founder Margaret Sanger: “All of our problems are the result of overbreeding among the working class”

26. Gloria Steinem: “Everybody with a womb doesn’t have to have a child any more than everybody with vocal chords has to be an opera singer.”

27. Jane Goodall: “It’s our population growth that underlies just about every single one of the problems that we’ve inflicted on the planet. If there were just a few of us, then the nasty things we do wouldn’t really matter and Mother Nature would take care of it — but there are so many of us.”

28. U.S. Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg: “Frankly I had thought that at the time Roe was decided, there was concern about population growth and particularly growth in populations that we don’t want to have too many of.”

29. Planned Parenthood Founder Margaret Sanger: “The most merciful thing that the large family does to one of its infant members is to kill it.”

30. Salon columnist Mary Elizabeth Williams in an article entitled “So What If Abortion Ends Life?”: “All life is not equal. That’s a difficult thing for liberals like me to talk about, lest we wind up looking like death-panel-loving, kill-your-grandma-and-your-precious-baby storm troopers. Yet a fetus can be a human life without having the same rights as the woman in whose body it resides.”

31. Paul Ehrlich: “Basically, then, there are only two kinds of solutions to the population problem. One is a ‘birth rate solution,’ in which we find ways to lower the birth rate. The other is a ‘death rate solution,’ in which ways to raise the death rate — war, famine, pestilence — find us.”

32. Alberto Giubilini of Monash University in Melbourne, Australia and Francesca Minerva of the University of Melbourne in a paper published in the Journal of Medical Ethics: “[W]hen circumstances occur after birth such that they would have justified abortion, what we call after-birth abortion should be permissible. … [W]e propose to call this practice ‘after-birth abortion’, rather than ‘infanticide,’ to emphasize that the moral status of the individual killed is comparable with that of a fetus … rather than to that of a child.  Therefore, we claim that killing a newborn could be ethically permissible in all the circumstances where abortion would be. Such circumstances include cases where the newborn has the potential to have an (at least) acceptable life, but the well-being of the family is at risk.”

33. Nina Fedoroff, a key adviser to Hillary Clinton: “We need to continue to decrease the growth rate of the global population; the planet can’t support many more people.”

34. Barack Obama’s primary science adviser, John Holdren: “A program of sterilizing women after their second or third child, despite the relatively greater difficulty of the operation than vasectomy, might be easier to implement than trying to sterilize men.”

35. Another quote from John Holdren: “If population control measures are not initiated immediately and effectively, all the technology man can bring to bear will not fend off the misery to come.”

36. David Brower, the first Executive Director of the Sierra Club: “Childbearing [should be] a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license … All potential parents [should be] required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”

37. Maurice Strong: “Either we reduce the world’s population voluntarily or nature will do this for us, but brutally.”

38. Thomas Ferguson, former official in the U.S. State Department Office of Population Affairs: “There is a single theme behind all our work–we must reduce population levels. Either governments do it our way, through nice clean methods, or they will get the kinds of mess that we have in El Salvador, or in Iran or in Beirut. Population is a political problem. Once population is out of control, it requires authoritarian government, even fascism, to reduce it…”

39. Mikhail Gorbachev: “We must speak more clearly about sexuality, contraception, about abortion, about values that control population, because the ecological crisis, in short, is the population crisis. Cut the population by 90% and there aren’t enough people left to do a great deal of ecological damage.”

40. Jacques Costeau: “In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. It is a horrible thing to say, but it is just as bad not to say it.”

41. Finnish environmentalist Pentti Linkola: “If there were a button I could press, I would sacrifice myself without hesitating if it meant millions of people would die”

42. Author Dan Brown: “Overpopulation is an issue so profound that all of us need to ask what should be done.”

43. Prince Phillip, husband of Queen Elizabeth II and co-founder of the World Wildlife Fund: “In the event that I am reincarnated, I would like to return as a deadly virus, in order to contribute something to solve overpopulation.”

44. Ashley Judd: “It’s unconscionable to breed, with the number of children who are starving to death in impoverished countries.”

45. Charles Darwin: “With savages, the weak in body or mind are soon eliminated; and those that survive commonly exhibit a vigorous state of health. We civilised men, on the other hand, do our utmost to check the process of elimination; we build asylums for the imbecile, the maimed, and the sick; we institute poor-laws; and our medical men exert their utmost skill to save the life of every one to the last moment. There is reason to believe that vaccination has preserved thousands, who from a weak constitution would formerly have succumbed to small-pox. Thus the weak members of civilised societies propagate their kind. No one who has attended to the breeding of domestic animals will doubt that this must be highly injurious to the race of man. It is surprising how soon a want of care, or care wrongly directed, leads to the degeneration of a domestic race; but excepting in the case of man himself, hardly any one is so ignorant as to allow his worst animals to breed.”

Children health defense:

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/45-population-control-quotes-that-prove-the-elite-really-do-want-to-dramatically-reduce-the-number-of-people-on-the-planet

Violators of Nuremberg Code Must Be Held Accountable
Many are now wondering if Fauci, through his resignation, will be able to slip through the
fingers of accountability. Hopefully, justice will prevail on that point, in one way or
another.
As noted by Children’s Health Defense president Mary Holland during an event to
commemorate the 75th anniversary of the Nuremberg Code (video above), “Those who
violated the Nuremberg Code must be prosecuted for crimes against humanity.” Fauci,
without doubt, deserves to be very high up on that list.


During that same event, Holocaust survivor and founder of the Alliance for Human
Research Protection, Vera Sharav, also stressed that the “Nuremberg Code is our
defense against abusive experimentation,” and that to prevent another mass genocide,
“we must identify ominous current parallels before they poison the fabric of society.”


Sharav continued:
“Humanity is currently under siege by the global heirs of the Nazis.

A posse of ruthless, interconnected, global billionaires have gained control over national and international policy-setting institutions. They have embarked on implementing a diabolical agenda:

Overthrow democracy and Western civilization.
Depopulate the global population.
Eliminate nation-states and establish One World Government.
Eliminate cash and establish one digital currency.
Inject digital IDs and artificial intelligence capabilities into every human being. If
these objectives become a reality, we will be digitally surveilled 24 hours a day, 7
days a week.


In May, at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Klaus Schwab, the architect of
the dystopian Great Reset declared: ‘Let’s be clear, the future is not just
happening; the future is built by us, a powerful community here in this room. We
have the means to impose the state of the world.’
11
12
The ultimate goal of these megalomaniacs is to gain total control of the world’s
natural resources and financial resources and to replace humans with
transhumant robots.


Transhumanism is a biotech-enhanced caste system — the new eugenics …
Transhumanists despise human values and deny the existence of a human soul.
[Professor Yuval Noah] Harari declares that there are too many ‘useless people.’
The Nazi term was ‘worthless eaters.’ This is the ‘New Eugenics.'”


Fauci’s COVID Hall of Shame
Ever since the COVID outbreak became apparent, Fauci has seemingly done everything
in his power to confuse the public and strip us of our human and civil rights in order to
further the agenda of the technocratic, transhumanist cabal. Here’s a shortlist of past
articles detailing his Hall of Shame activities:


Wuhan Lab Caught Deleting Files Proving Fauci Funding — At least 200 scientists
have signed a statement from the Cambridge Working Group disagreeing with Fauci.

May 26, 2021
The Biggest Flip-Flop Ever — He was wrong about the usefulness and need for
masks and post-vaccination mask requirements, yet nothing compares to this.

June 2, 2021
Fauci in the Hot Seat as Emails Reveal His Lies — Emails show Fauci helped cover up
the lab origin theory and has lied about masks and the need for vaccination when
you’ve already recovered from COVID-19.

June 9, 2021
When Do Noble Lies Just Become Blatant Lies? — Anthony Fauci claims the lies he’s
told were to protect the public and influence behavior.

August 28, 2021
Will Fauci Be Held Accountable for Lying to Congress? — Right now, Tony Fauci
probably wishes this research article didn’t exist — but it does, and it clearly shows
the National Institutes of Health funded gain-of-function research.

September 9, 2021
New Cache of Documents Exposes Lies to Congress — In a recent hearing, senators
question Dr. Fauci as to whether his institute directly or indirectly provided grants to
fund gain-of-function research on coronaviruses.

September 11, 2021
Fauci Must Be Fired and Arrested — Saint Anthony has been caught in a web of
insidious lies that keep reaching new lows. He’s making news once again for funding
research that involved abusing animals for 40 years.

November 6, 2021
Disney Documentary Glorifies Fauci’s Façade — Disney+, via its streaming partner
National Geographic, released a documentary on Dr. Anthony Fauci, elevating him to
hero status while ignoring the lies he’s foisted upon the American people.

November 8, 2021
Who’s the Real Anthony Fauci? — Should Anthony Fauci be truly praised for the work
he’s doing? Here’s a look into what he may be planning.

December 9, 2021
The Scheming of Bill Gates and Anthony Fauci — How did we get into the mess we’re
now in? Whatever happened to WHO’s emphasis on clean water, nutrition and
improving conditions of poverty around the world?

December 19, 2021
Fauci Wants to Mandate the Vax to Fly — Fauci suggests that vaccines may be
mandatory on domestic flights but does not cite safety as a reason for the
regulation.

January 9, 2022
How Anthony Fauci Controls Science Globally — Looked at as a kind of savior, the
man on the white horse that would ride us out of this coronavirus crises is actually
Big Pharma’s biggest servant.

January 21, 2022
Fauci Likely to Birth His Own COVID Variant After Paxlovid — Fauci experienced
COVID-19 rebound after taking one course of Paxlovid.

July 14, 2022
Roadmap for Prosecuting COVID Crimes
While many worry it might not be possible to hold COVID criminals like Fauci
responsible for their roles, Francis Boyle, in December 2021, laid out a viable roadmap
for prosecuting these individuals.
As explained by Boyle, a professor of international law at the University of Illinois
College of Law who helped write the Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989,
this law imposes fines and prison sentences on anyone who “knowingly develops,
produces, stockpiles, transfers, acquires, retains or possesses any biological agent,
toxin or delivery system for use as a weapon.”
“
To circumvent the corrupted federal judiciary, we need to focus on locally elected prosecutors instead.
Call on your local, elected district attorney to convene a grand jury and indict the individuals suspected of
being involved in the creation of SARS-CoV-2 — which includes Fauci — and those responsible for the COVID shots with ‘murder and conspiracy to commit murder.’”
The problem we face is that our federal government has been captured by forces that seek to destroy the U.S. from within. As such, we cannot trust the federal judiciary to prosecute and hold those responsible for the pandemic and the toxic COVID shots accountable.
To circumvent the corrupted federal judiciary, we need to focus on locally elected prosecutors instead. Depending on the state, they may go by titles such as district attorney, state attorney, prosecuting attorney or county attorney.
Boyle recommends organizing locally to find people willing, as a group, to call on your local, elected district attorney to convene a grand jury and indict the individuals suspected of being involved in the creation of SARS-CoV-2 — which includes Fauci —and those responsible for the COVID shots with “murder and conspiracy to commit murder.”


Even if Fauci is prosecuted and convicted of crimes against humanity, with all his ties to the Deep State and intelligence community, it is highly probable he struck a deal early on and would likely receive a presidential pardon for his crimes.

So don’t hold your hopes up for Fauci ever being held responsible for his crimes in this lifetime.
At this point, there are loads of evidence showing SARS-CoV-2 is a manufactured bioweapon.

Dr. David Martin has identified hundreds of patents relating to its creation, spanning not years but decades, and much of this research was funded by the NIAID under Fauci’s leadership.
I reviewed some of this evidence in “Patents Prove SARS-CoV-2 Is a Manufactured
Virus,” which featured Martin’s September 2021 testimony to the German Corona Extra Parliamentary Inquiry Committee.
It will be a difficult task to hold the COVID criminals to account, but as noted by Kennedy in the interview featured at the top of this article, the tide is turning against the globalist cabal, for whom the pandemic was an ideal justification for the rollout of worldwide totalitarianism.

We’re in a momentous time in history, and everyone has a role to play, even if it’s only to privately reject tyranny and peacefully disobey unconstitutional edicts.


Sources and References
Fox News August 22, 2022
NY Post September 15, 2021
Brownstone Institute August 22, 2022
Amazon.com The Real Anthony Fauci
The Federalist January 13, 2021
New York Times August 22, 2022
Daily Wire June 3, 2021
Daily Wire June 1, 2021
Amazon.com Fauci: Expect the Unexpected
The Defender August 22, 2022 Holland

Another hyped period:

CLIMATE GENOCIDE? 11,000 Experts Propose Final Solution To Global Warming: Just Kill Billions Of People

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 2019 BY STILLNESS IN THE STORM 1 COMMENT

Spread the love

(Zero Hedge) Over 40 years ago, scientists from 50 nations pivoted on a longstanding “global cooling” thesis that was going to blanket the earth in ice, and instead adopted what was then called the “CO2-climate problem” which would lead to theories on global warming, rising tides and economic catastrophe.

Related Woman Advocates “Eating Babies” to Solve Climate Change, AOC Nods Her Head

Source – Zero Hedge

by Staff Writer, November 5th, 2019

“Now, four decades later, a larger group of scientists is sounding another, much more urgent alarm,” according to Bloomberg.

Over 11,000 experts from around the world have banded together to call for solutions to the the ‘climate emergency,’ including population control – which “must be stabilized—and, ideally, gradually reduced—within a framework that ensures social integrity.”

“We declare, with more than 11,000 scientist signatories from around the world, clearly and unequivocally that planet Earth is facing a climate emergency,” warned the scientists in the Tuesday edition of BioScience, in a report that includes lots of scary charts we’re guessing Tony Heller could have some fun with.

Buy Book The Greatest Hoax: How the Global Warming Conspiracy Threatens Your Future

The solution? Fewer people!

When absorbed in sequence, the charts lay out a devastating trend for planetary health. From meat consumption, greenhouse gas emissions and ice loss to sea-level rise and extreme weather events, they lay out a grim portrait of 40 years of squandered opportunities.

The scientists make specific calls for policymakers to quickly implement systemic change to energy, food, and economic policies. But they go one step further, into the politically fraught territory of population control. It “must be stabilized—and, ideally, gradually reduced—within a framework that ensures social integrity,” they write. –Bloomberg

“We are encouraged by a recent surge of concern,” reads the letter.

“Governmental bodies are making climate emergency declarations. Schoolchildren are striking. Ecocide lawsuits are proceeding in the courts. Grassroots citizen movements are demanding change, and many countries, states and provinces, cities, and businesses are responding.

Buy Book History of the Fabian Society; The Origins of English Socialism

Perhaps world leaders will consult with China, which has reportedly been sterilizing Muslim women in their infamous reeducation camps.

en absorbed in sequence, the charts lay out a devastating trend for planetary health. From meat consumption, greenhouse gas emissions and ice loss to sea-level rise and extreme weather events, they lay out a grim portrait of 40 years of squandered opportunities. The scientists make specific calls for policymakers to quickly implement systemic change to energy, food, and economic policies.

The climate is changing and nothing new to it. However, blaming CO2, mislabeling it? It is not driving climate change, not now, not before nor future and censoring all contra studies proving it is unbelievable. The only reason might be that every living creature eating plants produce CO2. The CO2 is used by plants to form the hydrocarbons and release of the Oxygen back into the earth. It does not trap/and send heat into the air back to earth other than assisting some redistribution and proven by a number of scientist but suppressed by the big Media, the owners the cabal Banks/Globalists.

The higher the CO2 content which is extremely low in the air 0.04% the higher the plant growth because it is the building material for the plants, weeds, scrubs, trees and seaweed.

If you post an article in FB for example pointing to others than the desired studies, they will place a comment and stating that the climate is changing, and you can notice. Suggesting that it is CO2 but not say that as such.

There are many substances who can but certainly not CO2 as presented as outcome of research and suppressed. In additions the big media/some states/UN are creating fear to impress/force the debate. In the climate agreement the big fast-growing countries like China, India and most others were exempt and an estimate for China alone is the construction of more than 300 new coal burning plants so far and 600 in planning stage.

China and India building currently 3 new plants a week. Madness/insane. Loss of reality in the West and paying a heavy price for it..

In the West there is currently infighting ongoing about who will become or get the top functions within new NWO/WEF government they are busy to build here

and involve destroying/damage the economy preferable worldwide to create applicable conditions for it including mass surveillance/control, camps.

What is happening now is not much different from what was the case and mentioned as the Alien agenda and then failed or interrupted by the big Flood or Deluge.

Now it is called geo-engineering and manly used for wetter manipulation locally but indirect the rest of the world.

The chemicals placed in the atmosphere causing massive damage to health/plants, but nobody seems to care or being studied properly.

Matilda-macelroy.com posts/links.

Links:

Building a digital prison?

Bioweapons?

Chessboard of deception.

Last Step, Martial law will be introduced.

Climate change no offence mend

War on the people

Eu parliament in action

Human trafficking

Enemies of humanity

ESG and Climate change.

Pfizer and Data.

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

Stillness before the storm.

The fear factor and climate change.

A new class of outcasts.

The fascist State or new moral

Humanity betrayed and sold.

Hermes/Egypt @ souls.

Food as weapons of war ?

The NWO & WEF and agenda 2030?

“Hosti humani generis”

Solid state energy producing device from space (vacuum).

Narcist and the reptilian mindset, silent killers, end of humanity.

Behind the Mask.

Free electricity with and without the use of magnets.

NWO & Anti Christ!

Monsters from the past & recent like Angels, demons, satanic!

Trouble ahead, the introduction of the Anti Christ and second coming of Jesus Christ.

The Nuremberg trial & code not working!

Bio Warfare and Terrorisms!

“Pharmakeia” & Antichrist .

Soul bearing and soulless beings.

+++++A virus stopping the World.++++

The story behind the human build flying

The soul-less beings!

History of our solar system and the role of Draco’s in it.

Incarnation of a individualized soul and matrix beings.

The manifestation of the primordial serpent on Earth.

Cabal or the deep State & Alien connection. Stranger than science fiction.

A secret bio facility in the US at Dulce links to covid?

The Corporate State & China.

The zombie apocalypse, end of humanity.

“National security” & the State!

www.matilda-macelroy.bravesites.com.

The food of our God’s.

War in and for Antarctica.

Matilda MacElroy 1947-2017.

Lowering CO2, enhancing famine?

The higher the CO2 content in the air the more abundant growth. Currently being estimated at about 0.04% and far too low.

The crux of the whole green-paradigm is the insistence that too much carbon – whatever that means – is the cause of warming. However, Wrightstone said this is patently false.

For one, he said that carbon (co2) is in reality a “hugely beneficial molecule” and that the presence of more co2 has led to better crop yields and a “greening” of the world.

One such benefit of more co2, he said, is that “more co2 means less water is needed for crops.”

To dispel the myth that carbon is the cause of warming, he points to historical periods of warming that occurred long before the industrial revolution.

BLOGS

Environmental alarmism is nothing but a big lie from the ‘climate industrial complex’


Geologist Gregory Wrightstone makes a massively compelling case that pretty much everything we have been told about so-called climate change is the opposite of the truth.

Featured ImageGeologist and author Gregory WrightstoneEpoch Times / Rumble


Kennedy Hall

BeyondWords

(LifeSiteNews) — It may come as a shock, but I will venture to say that everything you have been told about so-called climate change is a lie.

For the truth on the matter, look no further than the recent Epoch Times interview with Gregory Wrightstone, a geologist and author of the bestselling book, Inconvenient Facts: The science that Al Gore doesn’t want you to know. He is a senior fellow at the Cornwall Alliance and is an advisory board member of the Heartland Institute.

In the interview, Wrightstone makes a massively compelling case that pretty much everything we have been told about so-called climate change is the opposite of the truth.

I know, I know… governments and mega-corporations have proven themselves to be so trustworthy since 2020.

In all seriousness, in my experience, the issue of climate change is one of the most profoundly entrenched issues into the consciousness of liberals and conservatives alike.

We have been brought up for generations to venerate the environment, recycling, and supposedly renewable energies. And, because of our good-natured love for nature, we don’t see anything wrong with making milk-carton planters or switching to reusable coffee mugs.

It is understandable, as there is nothing virtuous about being wasteful, so we at least in part embrace the “green” revolution as a way of keeping up with the times.

However, it is time to take the “green pill” and see the truth about environmental issues.

Red pill, green pill

Maybe you have already taken the “red pill,” which is to say you have swallowed the hard truth that the institutions and organizations you were brought up to trust were in fact lying to you.

This is not to say does that every institution was lying every time, but it is definitely the case that you have been told more lies that you would like to admit. However, you took that red pill and you began to see through all the lies and disorder.

SUBSCRIBE TO OUR DAILY HEADLINES US Canada Catholic

That being said, there are lies that are so deep, lies that are so pervasive that we just don’t see through them, for a variety of reasons.

For one, it is a bit tiring to constantly be “red-pilling” yourself on this or that topic. Learning new things is hard and embracing completely new paradigms is a lot of work.

But, then comes the moment when the paradigm is shoved down your throat and you cannot ignore it any longer. For many, the COVID hysteria presented an opportunity to be red pilled on the, well, companies and governments who we are supposed to trust about what pills to take.

Presently, we are facing a paradigm of environmental tyranny fueled – pun intended – by what Wrightstone calls the “climate industrial complex.”

The goal of the adherents to this complex is an “end game” of “zero fossil fuels.”

He believes that the governmental and corporate powers-that-be are so attached to climate zealotry that “they are intentionally inflating energy costs” so that consumers will see supposed “green energy” as a viable option.

Although he doesn’t believe climate lockdowns are likely, he did say that he thinks they are a desirable outcome by the “fringe” of the environmental movement, and that we shouldn’t discount them altogether.

The carbon lie

The crux of the whole green-paradigm is the insistence that too much carbon – whatever that means – is the cause of warming. However, Wrightstone said this is patently false.

For one, he said that carbon (co2) is in reality a “hugely beneficial molecule” and that the presence of more co2 has led to better crop yields and a “greening” of the world.

One such benefit of more co2, he said, is that “more co2 means less water is needed for crops.”

To dispel the myth that carbon is the cause of warming, he points to historical periods of warming that occurred long before the industrial revolution.

Weather controls implemented and in use.

A natural process being interfered with: “They were growing barley in Greenland,” he said. “You can’t grow that now.”

To put this in perspective, the climate of present-day Greenland is more like the most northern regions of Canada and Russia than a place with a long enough growing season for such a robust crop.

In addition, Wrightstone stated that in Northern England “the Romans were growing citrus.”

The only places you can expect to grow citrus fruits in Europe today are the most southern regions of the Mediterranean nations that are known for blisteringly hot summers and mild winters.

Fear the cold, welcome the warm

Admittedly, one of the reasons I have largely rejected the “global warming” narrative is because as a Canadian I view cold temperatures as a bit of a badge of honor.

However, Wrightstone said we should “fear the cold and welcome the warm.”

He added that historically when a warming period would end, civilizations would basically collapse due to lack of crop yield and a rise in disease. We are in a much better position today with technology to withstand a cooling, but in his opinion, warming is our friend.

I would have to agree, and I would also have to believe – according to his statements – that there were periods where it was much warmer in the past, and the human race was better off for it.

Again, as much as I love to embrace the Canadian winter, I would have to admit that if things were to warm up like they had in other golden ages of civilization, there would be great benefits, especially in the expansion of habitable areas of a frozen nation like mine.

As a consolation, we could still have our hockey rinks due to modern refrigeration techniques. Sounds like the best of both worlds to me.

Featured Image

Kennedy Hall is an Ontario based journalist for LifeSiteNews. He is married with children and has a deep love for literature and political philosophy. He is the author of Terror of Demons: Reclaiming Traditional Catholic Masculinity, a non-fiction released by TAN books, and Lockdown with the Devil, a fiction released by Our Lady of Victory Press. He writes frequently for Crisis Magazine, Catholic Family News, and is on the editorial board at OnePeterFive.

TOPICS

TAGGED AS

Posts of matilda-macelroy.com:

Links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reels

Climate change, no offence

ESG and Climate change.

Pfizer and Data.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

‘The world’s gone mad!’

A conspiracy against god and man! 

Slavery, Power/Greed! 

Humans reduced to a commodity! 

Can the West still turn the tide of tyranny? 

Conspiracy and the coming witch hunt.